Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Objective Mathematics
{Mains & Advance}
Er.L.K.Sharma
B.E.(CIVIL), MNIT,JAIPUR(Rajasthan)
3. Complex Numbers 17 - 24
4. Binomial Theorem 25 - 30
6. Probability 37 - 44
7. Matrices 45 - 50
8. Determinants 51 - 57
9. Logarithm 58 - 61
10. Functions 62 - 70
11. Limits 71 - 76
13. Differentiation 83 - 88
s
2 2 4 4
c
(a) a > 2
ti
2. Let a , b , c be distinct real numbers , then roots of
a
(x – a)(x – b) = a2 + b2 + c2 – ab – bc – ac , are :
(b) – 12 < a < – 3
(c) a > 0
(a) real and equal
em
(b) imaginary (d) none of these
(c) real and unequal
a th
(d) real
a
9. If both roots of 4x2 – 20 px + (25 p2 +15p – 66) = 0 are
less than 2 , then 'p' lies in :
M m
3. If 2 x 3 12 x 2 3 x 16 0 is having three positive
r
E ive .Sha
4
E
real roots , then ' ' must be : (a) , 2 (b) (2 , )
J
5
IIT ct .L.K
-
(a) 4 (b) 8
je Er
(c) 0 (d) 2 4
(c) 1 , (d) ( , 1)
b
5
4. If a , b , c are distinct real numbers , then number of
real roots of equation
O
( x a)( x b) ( x b)( x c ) ( x c)( x a)
(c a)(c b ) ( a b )( a c) (b c)(b a)
1
10. If x2 – 2ax + a2 + a – 3 0 x R , then 'a' lies in
(a) [3 , ) (b) ( , 3]
(c) [–3 , ) (d) ( , 3]
is/are :
(a) 1 (b) 4 11. If x3 + ax + 1 = 0 and x4 + ax2 + 1 = 0 have a common
(c) finitely many (d) infinitely many root , then value of 'a' is
(a) 2 (b) –2
5. If ax2 + 2bx + c = 0 and a1x2 + 2b1x + c1 = 0 have a
(c) 0 (d) 1
a b c
common root and , , are in A.P. , then
a1 b1 c1 12. If x2 + px + 1 is a factor of ax3 + bx + c , then
a1 , b1 , c1 are in : (a) a2 + c2 + ab = 0
(b) a2 – c2 + ab = 0
(a) A.P. (b) G.P.
(c) a2 – c2 – ab = 0
(c) H.P. (d) none of these
(d) a2 + c2 – ab = 0
6. If all the roots of equations
(a 1)(1 x x 2 ) 2 (a 1)( x 4 x 2 1) 13. If expression a 2 (b 2 c 2 ) x 2 b 2 (c 2 a 2 ) x c 2 ( a 2 b 2 )
is a perfect square of one degree polynomial of x ,
are imaginary , then range of 'a' is :
then a2 , b2 , c2 are in :
(a) ( , 2] (b) (2 , )
(a) A.P. (b) G.P.
(c) (2 , 2) (d) (2 , )
(c) H.P. (d) none of these
s
(a) [–2 , 1) (b) (–2 , 1) (a) 0 (b) 1
(c) R – [–2 , 2]
tic
(d) (–2 , 2) (c) finitely many (d) infinitely many
m a 25. The smallest value of 'k' for which both the roots of
e
the equation x2 – 8kx + 16(k2 – k + 1) = 0 are real and
h
2 x 2 x 4 4 is/are : distinct and have values at least 4 , is :
(a) 0
a t a
(b) 1 (a) 1 (b) 2
M m
(c) 2 (d) 4 (c) –1 (d) 3
r
E ive .Sh
E a 26. Let f (x) = (x – 3k)(x – k – 3) be negative for all
J
18. Let , be the roots of quadratic equation
IIT ct .L.K
-
ax 2 + bx + c = 0 , then roots of the equation x [1 , 3] , where k R , then complete set of values
je Er
ax2 – bx (x – 1) + c(x – 1)2 = 0 are : of 'k' belong to :
(a)
,
1 1
O b (b)
,
1 1
1 1
(a) ,
2 2
1
(b) 0 ,
3
1 1 1 1 1
(c) , (d) , (c) , 3 (d) 3 , 0
3
20. If a , b and c are not all equal and , are (c) 9 (d) 10
the roots of ax 2 + bx + c = 0 , then value of
28. Let , , R and ln 3 , ln 3 , ln 3
(1 + + 2 ) (1 2 ) is :
form a geometric sequence. If the quadratic equation
(a) zero (b) positive
x 2 x 0 has real roots , then absolute value
(c) negative (d) non-negative
3 5 of is not less than :
(log 2 x ) 2 (log 2 x )
21. The equation x 4 4 2 has :
(a) exactly two real roots (b) no real root (a) 4 (b) 2 3
(c) one irrational root (d) three rational roots (c) 3 2 (d) 2 2
2 2 b
(c) values of lies in , (a) | a | 2
2
3 3
(d) , 4 / 3
ics (b) | a | 2
b
t
2
m a (c) | a | 4
e
2
(d) a 4b 0
a th
31. Let | a | < | b | and a , b are the real roots of equation
a
x 2 | | x | | 0. If 1 | | b , then the equation
x
2
log|a| 1 has
E M
E ive .Sha rm
J
IIT ct .L.K
b
- Following questions are assertion and reasoning type
je Er
(a) one root in ( , a ) (b) one root in (b , )
questions. Each of these questions contains two
b
(c) one root in (a , b) (d) no root in (a , b) statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
O
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
answers , only one of them is the correct answer. Select
32. Let p , q Q and cos 2 be a root of the equation
8 the correct answer from the given options :
x2 + px + q2 = 0 , then : (a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
(a) | sin | | cos | p 0 for all R , where
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
[.] represents the greatest integer function. but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
3 Statement 1.
(b) Value of log 2 | q |
2 (c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
2
(c) 8q 4 p 0 (d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
(d) | sin | | cos | 2 p 0 for all R , where
36. Let a , b , c R , a 0 , f ( x ) ax 2 bx c , where
[.] represents the greatest integer function.
b2 4ac. If f (x) = 0 has , as two real and
33. Let S : 5 6 0 , R and a , b S .
2
distinct roots and f ( x k ) f ( x) 0 , , k R ,
2
If the equation x 7 4 x 3sin(ax b) is satisfied has exactly one real root between and , then
for at least one real value of x , then
Statement 1 : 0 | a k |
(a) minimum possible value of 2a + b is / 2
(b) maximum possible value of 2a + b is 7 / 2 because
(c) minimum possible value of 2a + b is / 2 Statement 2 : the values of 'k' don't depend upon the
(d) maximum possible value of 2a + b is 11 / 2 values of ' ' .
s
be 2 log 1 8
c
because
i
2
because
em
a th a
M
E ive .Sh
E a rm
J
IIT ct .L.K
-
b je Er
O
s
(c) f ' (x) = 0 has imaginary roots.
c
( )2 ( ) 2 ( )2
ti
2. The minimum value of is equal (d) nothing can be concluded in general for f ' (x).
( ) 2
to :
e
1 1
h
(a) (b) Consider the function
t
2 9 f (x) = (1 + m) x2 – 2(3m + 1)x + (8m + 1) ,
(c)
1
8
M
(d)
a 1
3
rm a where m R {1}
E ive .Sh
E a 7. If f (x) > 0 holds true x R , then set of values of
J
IIT ct .L.K
'm' is :
3. The minimum value of - ab
is equal to :
je Er
(a) (0 , 3) (b) (2 , 3)
b
b
(c) (–1 , 3) (d) (–1 , 0)
2 3
O
(a) (b)
3 4 8. The set of values of 'm' for which f (x) = 0 has at least
one negative root is :
1 3
(c) (d)
3 8 1
(a) ( , 1) (b) ,
8
Comprehension passage (2)
( Questions No. 4-6 ) 1 1
(c) 1 , (d) , 3
8 8
Let , be the roots of equation x 2 ax b 0 ,
9. The number of real values of 'm' such that f (x) = 0
and , be the roots of equation x 2 a1 x b1 0 .If has roots which are in the ratio 2 : 3 is /are :
(a) 0 (b) 2
S x : x 2 a1 x b1 0 , x R and f : R S R
(c) 4 (d) 1
2
x ax b
is a function which is defined as f ( x) ,
x 2 a1 x b1
then answer the following question. 10. Let , be the roots of the quadratic equation
ics
Column (I)
at Column (II)
em
(a) If roots of x2 – bx + c = 0 are two consecutive (p) –2
h
integers , then (b2 – 4c) is
a t a
(b) If x 2 , 4 , then least value of the expression (q) 0
M rm
2
(x – 6x + 7) is :
JE ive .Sh
E a
(c) Number of solutions of equation | x 2 1 | 3 4 is /are
IIT ct .L.K
(r) 2
-
je Er
(d) Minimum value of f ( x) | 2 x 4 | | 6 4 x | is : (s) 1
O b
17. Match the following columns (I) and (II)
2
(b) If sum and product of the quadratic equation (q) 2 ,
5
5
less than one , then set of possible values of is (r) 1 ,
2
ics
at
(c) a , b , c R and D O
em (r)
a th a
M
E ive .Sh
E a rm
J
IIT ct .L.K
-
(d) a , b R , c R and D 0 (s)
b je Er
O
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (b)
16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (b)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (b)
26. (b) 27. (d) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (d)
36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (d) 39. (c) 40. (b)
ics
at
em
a th a
1. (c) 2. (d)
E M
E ive .Sha rm
3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (b)
J
IIT ct .L.K
Ex
-
je Er
6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. ( 4 )
11. ( 2 )
16. (a) s O b
12. ( 2 )
17. (a) q
13. ( 2 )
18. (a) q
14. ( 0 ) 15. ( 8 )
s
13 13 1 1 1 1
c
Sn .... , then
ti
5 4 1 T1 1 T2 1 T3 Tn 1
(c) (d)
a
67 39
(a) S100 4 (b) S100 2
em
2. Let a , b , c be distinct non-zero real numbers such
h
that a 2 , b2 , c2 are in harmonic progression and (c) 1 S100 2 (d) 0 S100 1
a t
a , b , c are in arithmetic progression , then :
a
M m
(a) 2b2 + ac = 0 (b) 4b2 + ac = 0 n n
r
E ive .Sh
r 4 , then (2 r 1)4 is given by :
a
8. Let S n
E
(c) 2b2 – ac = 0 (d) 4b2 – ac = 0
r 1 r 1
J
IIT ct .L.K
- 2 2 2
3. Let a , b , c are in A.P. and a , b , c are in G.P. , (a) S 2 n 8 S n (b) S 4 n 24 S 2 n
je Er
if a < b < c and a + b + c = 3/2 , then value of 'a'
b
is : (c) S2 n 16 S n (d) S4 n 16 S n
O
1 1
(a) (b)
2 2 2 3 9. Let {xn} represents G.P. with common ratio 'r' such
n n
1 1 1 1
(c)
2
3
(d)
2
2
that x
k 1
2 k 1 x
k 1
2k 2 0 , then number of
12. Let a , b , c R and the inequality 20. In a sequence of (4n + 1) terms , the first (2n + 1)
terms are in A.P. whose common difference is 2 ,
bx 2 ( (a c )2 4b 2 ) x (a c ) 0 holds true for and the last (2n + 1) terms are in G.P. whose
common ratio is 1/2. If the middle terms of the A.P.
a 1
all real value of 'x' , then e , e b1 , e c 1 are in : and G.P. are equal , then the middle term of
sequence is :
(a) A.P. (b) G.P.
(c) H.P. (d) none of these. n.2n (n 1)2n
(a) . (b) .
2n 1 2n 1
13. Let 'An' denotes the sum of n terms of an A.P. and
A3n n.2 n 1 (n 1)2 n 1
A2 n 3 An , then is equal to : , (c) n
. (d) .
An 2 1 2n 2
(a) 4 (b) 6
(c) 8 (d) 10 21. Let a1 , a2 , a3 , ...... , a50 be 50 distinct numbers in
n/2
14. If a 0 , roots of equation ax 3 bx 2 cx d 0 50 5
are in G . P . , then :
A.P. , and (1)r 1 (ar )2 a 2
1 a502 ,
r 1 7
3 3 3 3
where n N , then value of n is equal to :
s
(a) ac db (b) a c d b
3 3
(c) a b c d
3
(d) ab cd
3
a
(c) 8 (d) 10
m
15. Let a , b , c be non-zero real numbers and
e
4a2 + 9b2 + 16c2 = 2(3ab + 6bc + 4ac) , then a , b , c 22. Let three numbers be removed from the geometric
h
are in : sequence {an} and the geometric mean of the remaining
(a) A.P.
a t
(b) G.P.
a 5 1 1 1
37
terms is 2 . If an 1 ......... ,
n
M rm
(c) H.P. (d) A.G.P. 2 4 8
E ive .Sh
E a then value of 'n' can be :
J
16. In a set of four numbers , if first three terms are in G.P.
IIT ct .L.K
-
and the last three terms are in A.P. with common
je Er
difference 6 , then sum of the four numbers , when the (a) 10 (b) 8
b
first and the last terms are equal , is given by : (c) 20 (d) 13
O
(a) 20 (b) 14
(c) 16 (d) 18 23. Let x , y R and x 2 y 3 6 , then the least value of
3x + 4y is equal to :
17. Let the real numbers , , be in A.P. and satisfy
(a) 12 (b) 10
the equation x 2 ( x 1) px q 0 , then : (c) 8 (d) 20
1 1
(a) p , 3 (b) q , 1 1 1
3 27 24. Let S n 1 ..... n terms and S lim( S n ),
2 4 8 n
1 1
(c) p , (d) q , 1
3 27 if S S n
1000
, then least value of 'n' is :
18. In ABC , if all the sides are in A.P. , then the (a) 11 (b) 10 (c) 12 (d) 6
corresponding ex-radii are in :
(a) A.P. (b) G.P. 25. Let the sides of a triangle be in arithmetic progression.
If the greatest angle of triangle is double the smallest
(c) H.P. (d) none of these. angle , then the cosine value of the smallest angle is
equal to :
n
8r 3 3
19. Let S 4r
r 1
4
1
, then lim (S ) is equal to :
n (a)
8
(b)
4
(a) 4 (b) 2
4 1
(c) 1 (d) 0 (c) (d)
5 4
(a) 4 (b) 6
(c) 8 (d) 2
26. If a , b R , where a , A1 , A2 , b are in arithmetic
progression , a , G1 , G2 , b are in geometric
progression and a , H1 , H 2 , b are in harmonic
progression , then which of the following relations are Following questions are assertion and reasoning type
correct ? questions. Each of these questions contains two
statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
A1 A2 (Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
(a) G1G2 G1 G2
H1 H 2 answers , only one of them is the correct answer.
Select the correct answer from the given options :
H1 H 2 H1 H 2
(b) (a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
G1G2 A1 A2 Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
G1G2 (2a b)(2b a ) (b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
(c)
H1 H 2 9 ab but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
Statement 1.
A1 A2 (2 a b )(2b a ) (c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
s
(d)
c
H1 H 2 9 ab
i
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
27. Let four consecutive integers form an increasing
arithmetic progression and one of these numbers is
at 31. Statement 1 : Let three positive numbers in geometric
m
equal to the sum of the squares of the other three progression represent the sides of a triangle , then the
numbers , then :
a
(a) the smallest number is 0. 2 5
a
M rm
(b) the largest number is 2. because
E ive .Sh
E a
(c) sum of all the four numbers is 2.
J
Statement 2 : the common ratio of the G.P. in
IIT ct .L.K
-
(d) product of all the four numbers is 0. 1
je Er
consideration lies in between sin and
2 10
b
28. For two distinct positive numbers , let A1 , G1 , H1
O
denote the AM , GM and HM respectively. For 1 3
sin .
n 2 , n N , if A n–1 and Hn–1 has arithmetic , 2 10
geometric and harmonic means as A n , Gn , H n
respectively , then : 32. Statement 1 : In a triangle ABC , if cot A , cot B , cot C
(a) A1 A2 A3 A4 ......... 1 1 1
forms an A.P. , then , , also form an
b a c b a c
(b) G1 G2 G3 G4 .........
A.P.
(c) H1 > H2 > H3 > H4 > ..........
because
(d) G1 = G2 = G3 = G4 = ..........
1 1 1
Statement 2 : , , form a H.P..
29. Let {an} represents the arithmetic sequence for which a 2 b2 c2
a1 = | x | , a2 = | x – 1 | and a3 = | x + 1 | , then :
33. Statement 1 : If [.] and {.} denote the greatest integer
1 function and the fractional part , then x , [x] , {x} can
(a) an an 1 (b) a1 = 2 never form a geometric progression for any positive
2
10
rational value of x
1
(c) a
n 1
n 25 (d) an an 1
4
because
2 3 n
Statement 2 : x , [ x] , {x} can form a G.P. for
3 3 3 3
30. Let an ............ (1) n 1 and 1 7
4 4 4 4 x R , only if x sin .
2 10
bn + an = 1. If bn > an for all n > n0 , where n N , then
ics
at
em
a th a
M
E ive .Sh
E a rm
J
IIT ct .L.K
-
b je Er
O
s
12
c
7. Let x and y be two real numbers such that the kth
(c)
1
2
n(2 n 2 n 1)
h
3 expression is equal to ..........
t
k x
2. Tr is always :
M a rm a n
1
E ive .Sh
(a) an odd number (b) an even number
a
8. Let S n and
(c) a prime number
J E (d) a composite number r 1
r
IIT ct .L.K
- n 1 1 2 ( n 2)
je Er
3. Which one of the following is a correct statement ? S 'n .... ,
2 n ( n 1) ( n 1)( n 2) 6
b
(a) Q1 , Q2 , Q3 , .... are in A.P. with common
O
difference 5 S 'n
then value of is equal to ..........
(b) Q1 , Q2 , Q3 , .... are in A.P. with common Sn
difference 6
(c) Q1 , Q2 , Q3 , .... are in A.P. with common
difference 11 9. Let an A.P. and a G.P. each has as the first term and
(d) Q1 = Q2 = Q3 = .... as the second term , where 0. If sum of
infinite terms of G.P. is 4 and the sum of first n terms of
Comprehension passage (2)
( Questions No. 4-6 ) n(n 1)
A.P. can be written as n , then value of
k
Let P and Q be two sets each of which consisting of 'k' is equal to ..........
three numbers in A.P. and G.P. respectively. Sum of
the elements of set P is 12 and product of the elements 10. Let sum of the squares of three distinct real number
of set Q is 8 , where the common difference and the
in geometric progression be S 2 and their sum is
common ratio of A.P. and G.P. are represented by 'd'
and 'r' respectively. If sum of the squares of the terms p
of A.P. is 8 times the sum of the terms of G.P. , where ( S ). If p R , then total number of possible
2
d = r , and d , r I , then answer the following integral values of 'p' is/are ..........
questions.
11. Let a , b , c , d , e R and s = a + b + c + d + e , if
4. Total number of terms in the set of P Q is/are :
( s a )(s b )(s c)( s d )(s e)
(a) 0 (b) 2 minimum value of
abcde
(c) 1 (d) 3 is 4n , then value of n is ..........
1
2009
1 1 2
(a) Let
1 2
r 1 r 2
(r 1) , then sum of all
(p) 1
/4
ics
t
n
(c) If I n tan x dx , where n N , and (r) 3
0
m a
e
1 1 1
h
, , ..... form an A.P.. , then (s) 11
t
I2 I4 I3 I5 I4 I6
common difference of this A.P. is
M a rm a
E ive .Sh
E a
1 1 1
log 5 ....
(d) Value of 0.16
J
3 9 27 is equal to (t) 6
IIT ct .L.K
-
2
b je Er
O
13. Match the following columns (I) and (II).
(d) If a , b are positive distinct real number and , , are (s) not is arithmetic progression
x a x b b a
three roots of such that
b a x a x b
and c , then a , b , c are (t) not in geometric progression
10
(b) If n , n 2 , n3 are in G..P. , then the value (q) 7
3
of n is
7
(c) If log3 2 , log3 (2x 5) and log3 2 x are in A.P. , then (r) 4
2
value of x is
(d) Let S1 , S2 , S3 , .... be squares such that for each n 1 , (s) 6
length of side of Sn equals the length of diagonal of S n 1 .
If length of S1 is 1.5 cm , then for which values of n is the
area of Sn less than 1 sq. cm. (t) 2
ics
t
15. Match the following columns (I) and (II).
Column (I)
m a Column (II)
th e
(a) If altitudes of a triangle are in A.P. , then sides of (p) A.P.
a a
triangle are in
a b a b
E 1M
E ive .Sha rm
J
IIT ct .L.K
(b) If b c b c 0 and , then a , b , c are in (q) G.P.
- 2
je Er
2 1 0
(c) If
a2 a3 a2 a3
a1 a4 a1 a4
O b a a
3 2 3 , then
a1 a4
a1 , a2 , a3 , a4 are in
(r) H.P.
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (c)
16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (b)
31. (a) 32. (d) 33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (b)
ics
at
em
a th a
1. (b) 2. (d)
E M
E ive .Sha rm 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (d)
J
IIT ct .L.K
-
Ex
6. (b) 7. ( 1 ) 8. ( 1 ) 9. ( 8 ) 10. ( 9 )
11. ( 5 )
b je Er
12. (a) r
(b) t
(c) p
O
13. (a) s , t
(b) q , s
(c) p , t
14. (a) q
(b) r
(c) p
15. (a) r
(a) q
(a) r
(d) q (d) r , s , t (d) p , q , r , s (a) q
s
number 'z' satisfy 1 1 z 2 z 2 ....... n z n 2 ,
c
(c) (d)
i
6 2
t
then :
a
2. Let complex numbers z1 and z2 satisfy the conditions
m
(a) | z |
1
(b) | z |
1
e
4 4
h
zz
t
| z + 6i | = 2 and | z – 4i | = respectively , then
2i 1 1 1
a
(c) | z | | z |
a
(d)
4 3 2
M m
minimum value of | z1 z2 | is :
E e ar z1 3z2
JE iv .S h
(a) 8 (b) 6 8. If 1 and | z2 | 1 , then | z1 | is equal to :
t
3 z1 z2
- K
T c
(c) 4 (d) 2
II .
je Er L
(a) 3 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 4
.
b
3. For non-zero complex number 'z' , if
9. A particle P starts from the point z0 1 2i , where
O
| z 2 2i | 2 2 | z | , then arg (i z ) is equal to :
i 1 . It moves first horizontally away from origin
3 by 5 units and then vertically away from origin by 3
(a) (b)
4 4 units to reach a point z1 . From z1 the particle moves
5 7
(c) (d) 2 units in the direction of the vector i j and then
4 4
it moves through an angle 90º in anticlockwise direction
4. If and are complex numbers , then maximum on a circle with centre at origin to reach a point z2 .
The point z2 is given by :
value of is : (a) 6 + 7i (b) –7 + 6i
| |
(c) 7 + 6i (d) –6 + 7i
(a) 1 (b) 2
10. Consider a square OABC , where O is origin and
1 A(z0) , B(z1) , C(z2) are in anticlockwise sense , then
(c) (d) 4
2 equation of circle inscribed in the square is :
(a) | z z0 (1 i ) | 2 | z0 |
5. If , , are the roots of cubic equation
x3 – 3x2 + 3x + 7 = 0 , ' ' is non-real cube root of 1
(b) z (1 i ) z0 | z0 |
1 1 1 2
unity , then is :
1 1 1 1
(c) 2 z (1 i ) z0 | z0 |
8 2
(a) (b) 2 (c) 2 2 (d) 3 2
(d) 2 z (1 i) z0 | z0 |
11. If A(z1) , B(z2) and C(z3) are the vertices of a triangle 17. Let | z1 | = 30 and | z2 + 5 + 12i | = 13 , then minimum
ABC inscribed in the circle | z | = 1 and internal angle value of | z2 – z1 | is :
bisector of A meet the circumference at D(z4) , then (a) 2 (b) 6
2 z2 z3 (c) 4 (d) none of these
(a) z4 z2 z3 (b) z4
z1
18. Area of region on the complex plane which is bounded
zz zz by the curve | z + 2i | + | z – 2i | = 8 is :
(c) z4 1 2 (d) z4 1 3
z3 z2 (a) 3 8 (b) 4 12
(c) 16 3 (d) none of these
z 3i
12. Centre of the arc represented by arg 19. If z and w are two non-zero complex numbers such
z 2i 4 4
is given by : z
that | zw | = 1 and arg , then zw is equal to:
1 1 w 2
(a) (5 5i ) (b) (5i 5)
2 2 (a) 1 (b) –1
1 1 (c) i (d) –i
(c) (9i 5) (d) (9i 5)
2 2
s
20. Let x ei , y ei and z ei and x y z 0 ,
ic
13. If a , b , c are integers not all equal and is cube root
t
then which one of the following is not correct :
a
of unity ( 1) , then minimum value of the 1 1 1
m
(a) 0
expression | a b c 2 | is : x y z
(a) 0 (b) 1
t h e (b) xy yz zx 0
(c)
3
(d)
1
M a rm a (c) x2 y 2 z 2 1
e a
2 2 (d) x3 y3 z 3 3xyz
E
JE iv .S h
IIT -
c t K
14. Let z1 = 10 + 6i and z2 = 4 + 6i . If z is any complex
.
je Er
21. Let z x iy be a complex number where x and y
z z1
.L
b
are integers , then the area of the rectangle whose
number such that arg , then
z z2 4
O
vertices are roots of the equation ( z ) z 3 z ( z )3 350
(a) | z 7 9i | 3 2 (b) | z 7 9i | 2 3 is :
(a) 48 (b) 32
(c) | z 7 9i | 3 2 (d) | z 7 9i | 3 2
(c) 40 (d) 80
15. If A(z1) , B(z2) and C(z3) form an isosceles right angled
22. Let z cos i sin , then the value of summation
triangle and A , then 15
2
2
(a) ( z1 z2 ) 2( z2 z3 )( z3 z2 )
Im z
r 1
2 r 1
at 2o is equal to :
(b) ( z1 z2 )2 2( z1 z3 )( z3 z2 ) 1 1
(a) (b)
sin 2 o 3sin 2o
(c) ( z3 z2 ) 2 2( z1 z3 )( z2 z1 )
1 1
(d) ( z3 z2 ) 2 2( z2 z1 )( z3 z1 ) (c) o
(d)
2 sin 2 4 sin 2 o
16. If complex number 'z' satisfy | z + 13i | = 5 , then 23. Let A( z1 ), B( z2 ) and C ( z3 ) form triangle ABC on
complex number having magnitude-wise minimum
argument is : z1 z2 1 i
the argand plane such that , then
z3 z2 2
12 12
(a) (12 5i ) (b) (5 12i )
13 13 ABC is :
25. A man walks a distance of 3 units from the origin (c) complex point 'E' is 2( z1 z2 z3 ).
towards the north-east (N 45º E) direction. From
there , he walks a distance of 4 units towards the north- z1 z2
west (N 45º W) direction to reach a point P , then the (d) complex point 'D' is –
z3
position of P in the argand plane is :
(a) 3ei / 4 4i (b) (3 4i)ei / 4 30. Let P , Q , R be three sets of complex numbers as
defined below:
(c) (4 3i)ei / 4 (d) (3 4i)ei / 4
P z : Re ( z (1 i )) 2
ics Q z : | z i 2 | 3
at R { z : Im( z ) 1 }
m
26. Let zr , where r {1 , 2 , 3 , .... , n} , be the 'n'
e
In the context of given sets , which of the following
h
n statements are correct ?
t
n
distinct roots of the equation Cr x r 1. If there
r 1
e a
z ( 2 i 1) infinite.
E
JE iv .S
exists some zr for which arg r
h ,
1 ( 2 i 1) 4
,
- t
(b) If 'z' be any point in P Q R , then
IIT c .K
je Er .L
then 'n' can be : | z 5 i |2 | z 1 i |2 36
(a) 4
(c) 12
O b (b) 8
(d) 16
(c) number of elements in the set P Q R is one.
31. Statement 1 : Let 'z' be the moving complex point Statement 1 : The number of points of intersection of
on argand plane for which C1 and C2 is only one
because
| z 3 2i | | z | sin arg ( z ) ,
4 Statement 2 : Two non-parallel lines always intersect
then the locus of 'z' is part of an ellipse at only one point in 2-dimensional plane.
because
Statement 2 : Ellipse is the locus of a point for which 34. Let z1 = 5 + 8i and z2 satisfy | z 2 3i | 2 , then
sum of its distances from two distinct fixed points is Statement 1 : minimum value of | iz2 z1 | is equal
always constant , where the constant sum is more than to 8
the distance between the fixed points.
because
2
32. Statement 1 : If i 1 0 , then value of Statement 2 : maximum value of | z2 | is 2 13
cos 1
sin(ln(i) ) is equal to
i
ics because
t
33. Let the equations arg ( z 4 3i ) and
a
3
Statement 2 : the common root for the equations
m
5
e
arg ( z 2 3i ) be represented by the curves C1 z m 1 0 and z n 1 0 is 1 if m and n are different
h
6
t
prime numbers.
and C2 respectively on the complex plane , then
M a rm a
E e
JE iv .S h a
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
2k 2k 4. Minimum value of | z1 – z2 | is :
then k cos i sin , where k = 0 , 1 , 2 , 3 ,
n n (a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 5
4 ........... , n – 1 , further xn 1 0 can be expressed as
5. If magnitude of arg(z2) is minimum then | z2 | is :
( n 1)
n
x 1 ( x 1) ( x k ). Now answer the following (a) 5 2 (b) 4 2
k 1
s
17
k k
c
1. Value of cos i sin is equal to :
ti
k 0 8 8 (a) 1 5 (b) 2(1 5)
a
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 3( 5 1) (d) 2( 5 1)
i
(c) 2cos . e 16
i
em
(d) 2cos . e 8
t h
16 8 Comprehension passage (3)
a a
( Questions No. 7-9 )
2. Value of
n 1
(4
1
e
is equal to :
E M h arm Let P ( z1 ) , Q ( z2 ) and R(z3) represent the vertices of
JE iv .S
k 1 k )
t
an isosceles triangle PQR on the argand plane , where
- K
(a)
1 4 n 1 (3n 4)
3(4 n 1) IIT c
je Er .L. RQ = PR and QPR . If incentre of PQR is
given by I(z4) , then answer the following questions.
(b)
4 4 n (3n 4)
12(4 n 1) O b PR PQ
7. The value of
2
is equal to :
PQ PI
1 (3n 2)4n 1
(c) ( z1 z2 )( z1 z3 )
4n 1 (a)
( z1 z 4 )2
1 4n (3n 4)
(d)
12(4n 1) ( z1 z2 )( z3 z2 )
(b)
( z1 z4 )2
3. If 1 , 1 , 2 , .... n 1 forms a polygon on the complex ( z1 z3 )( z2 z3 )
plane , then area of the circle inscribed in the polygon (c)
( z2 z4 ) 2
is given by :
( z1 z2 )( z3 z1 )
(d)
(a) sin 2 ( z3 z 4 )2
n
2
(b) 1 cos 8. The value of ( z1 z2 )2 tan .tan is equal to :
2 n 2
2 (a) ( z1 z 2 2 z3 )( z1 z2 2 z4 )
(c) cos 1
n (b) ( z1 z2 z3 )( z1 z2 z4 )
(c) (2 z3 z1 z2 )( z1 z2 2 z4 )
(d) 2 cos 2
n (d) ( z1 z2 z3 )( z2 z3 z4 )
1 cos
9. The value of ( z1 z4 ) 2 . is equal to : 11. Let moving complex point A (z0) satisfy the condition
cos
| zo 3 2i | | zo 3 6i | 10 , and complex points
(a) ( z2 z1 )( z3 z1 ) B , C are represented by 3 + 6i and 3 – 2i respectively.
If the area of triangle ABC is maximum , then three
( z2 z1 )( z3 z1 )
(b) times the in-radius of triangle ABC is ..........
( z4 z1 )
12. Let z be uni-modular complex number , then value
( z2 z1 )( z3 z1 )
(c)
( z 4 z1 )2 arg ( z 2 z .z1/ 3 ) 3
of 1/ 3
, where arg ( z ) 0 , , is
2
arg ( z ) 8
(d) ( z2 z1 ) ( z3 z1 )
equal to ..........
t
arg
15
a
zo tan 8 i 14. Let z1 , z2 , z3 be three distinct complex numbers , where
m
2 | z1 | | z3 | 4 , | z2 | | z1 | 1 and | 2 z1 3z2 4 z3 | 4. If
a
| z | = 2 , then area of the region bounded by the curves
a
k
C1 and C2 is equal to .......... is equal to ..........
M rm 16
E e
JE iv .S h a
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
15. Match the following Columns (I) and (II).
(b) If variable complex number 'z' satisfy the condition (q) a square
| z z | | z z | 4 , then locus of z is given by :
(r) a trapezium
4 3 2
(c) The roots of the equation z z z z 1 0 on the
complex plane are represented by the vertices of :
(s) a hexagon
(d) The roots of the equation z 6 z 4 z 2 1 0 on the
complex plane are represented by the vertices of : (t) an equilateral triangle
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (c)
16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (d)
31. (d) 32. (b) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (d)
ics
at
em
Ex
1. (c) 2. (b)
at h
3. (b)
a
4. (c) 5. (c)
M m
6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. ( 2 )
E e ar
11. ( 4 )
JE iv .S
12. ( 2 )
h
13. ( 4 ) 14. ( 6 )
IIT -
c t .K
je Er .L
15. (a) p 16. (a) t
b
(b) s (b) q
O
(c) t (c) r
(d) q (d) q
n
1. Maximum value of the term independent of x in the r n 1 r ln10
10
(1) . C . (1 ln10 )
r 0
r n r
is equal to :
cos
expansion of x sin , where R , is : (a) 1 (b) 2
x
(c) 0 (d) –1
10! 10!
(a) (b)
(5!)2 32(5!)2 8. Coefficient of x4 in expansion of (1 + x + x2 + x3)11
ics is :
t
10! 10
(c) (d) C8 (a) 605 (b) 810
a
2
1024(5!)
(c) 990 (d) 1020
em
h
2. Sum of the series , 20C0 + 20C1 + 20C2 + ............ + 20C10
t
n 1
is equal to : n n 2
a
n
9. If Cr , then is equal to :
a
r r 2
r 1
M m
(a) 220 + 20C10 (b) 219 + 20C10
E e ar (a) 2n + 2 – 2 (b) 2n + 2 – n + 1
JE iv .S h
1
(c) 2 . 20C10
19 19
(d) 2 C9 19
(c) 4(2n – 1) – n (d) 4(2n + 1) – 2n
- t
2
IIT c .K
je Er .L
3. Coefficient of x 5 in the expansion of the product 10
b
1 3r 7r
(1 + 2x)6 (1 – x)7 is : 10. (1)r .10 Cr r 2 r 3 r ........... is equal
O
2 2 2
r 0
(a) 172 (b) 171
to :
(c) 170 (d) 160
1 1
(a) (b)
4. If the binomial coefficients of three consecutive terms 255 1023
in the expansion of (1 + x)n are in the ratio 1 : 7 : 42 ,
1 1
then value of 'n' is : (c) (d)
511 2047
(a) 32 (b) 65
(c) 55 (d) 50 n
11. The value of j.
0 i j n
Ci is equal to :
5. Coefficient of x5 in (1 x) 21 (1 x )22 ....... (1 x )30 (a) n(3n 1)2
n 3
(b) n(n 3).2
n 3
is :
(c) (n 3).2n 3 (d) n.2n 3
(a) 31C6 – 21
C5 (b) 31
C6 – 21C6
(c) 32C5 – 20
C4 (d) 32C6 + 20
C5 2n
12. Let n N and (1 x x 2 )n a x r
r
; then value
16 r 0
6. Let Cr ar , then sum of the series ,
2n
3a02 7a12 11a22 15a32 ....... 67a16
2
, is equal to : of (1) . a r 2
r is equal to :
r 0
(a) – 35 a8 (b) 70 a8
(a) an2 (b) 3an
(c) 35 a8 (d) – 70 a8 (c) an (d) 2an2
[ 25 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Binomial Theorem
13. Let n I {1 , 2} and the digits at the unit's place 20. Let T be the term which is independent of ' ' in the
and ten's place of 3n are 9 and 0 respectively , then 10
(n – 2) must be divisible by : 1 1
binomial expansion of 1/ 2
2/3 1/ 3 ,
(a) 16 (b) 6 1
(c) 10 (d) 18 then T is equal to :
(a) 300 (b) 210
14. Let Tr denotes the rth term in the expansion of (1 + x)n
(c) 420 (d) 500
and Tn is the only term which is numerically greatest
exactly for three natural values of 'x' , then 'n' can be:
(a) 5 (b) 10
(c) 7 (d) 8
(10)3n
21. Let an , n N , and the value of an is
15. Let n1 + n2 = 40 , where n1 , n2 N and the value of n!
greatest , then :
n
n1
Cn r . n2 Cr is maximum , then value of 'n' must (a) n 998
r 0 (b) n 999
be : (c) n = 1000
s
(d) n = 1001
c
(a) 25 (b) 15
(c) 20 (d) 22
m
n integer and (0 , 1) , then :
e
n
16. Value of C (sin x ) is equal to :
0
at h a
(a) ( ) 2 is divisible by 22n +1
(b) 2(4) n
M
x nx x nx
(a) 2n.cos n .sin (b) 2n.sin n
rm .cos
e a
2 2 2 2
E
(c) is divisible by 10
JE iv .S h
t
x nx x nx
-
n 1 n n 1 n
(d) is an odd integer
K
(c) 2 (d) 2
c
.cos .sin .sin .cos
2 2
IIT . 2 2
b je Er .L 23. Let An
n
n 2 r
Cr .cos
n 1
n 1 2r
& Bn Cr .cos
,
O
17. If [.] represents the greatest integer function and
r 0 n r0 n
2
( 3 2) n , then value of [ ] is equal
n n!
to : where Cr , then which of the following
r !.(n r )!
(a) 0 (b) 1
statements are correct :
(c) 2 (d) –1
(a) An 2 Bn 2 (b) An 2 Bn
18. For natural number m , n if 27
(c) B8 (d) A6 27
m n 2
(1 y ) (1 y ) 1 a1 y a3 y ..... , and a1 = a2 = 10 2
then (m , n) ordered pair is :
n 1 n m 1
(a) (35 , 45) (b) (20 , 45) (1 x)
(c) (35 , 20) (d) (45 , 35)
24. If S
m 1 2
m 1
, where x (1 , 1) , then the
s
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true Statement 1 :
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
tic Value of
n
n
Cr (a )r .(b)n r .cos (n r ) A r B is
a
Statement 1.
r 0
m
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false. equal to zero
h e
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
t
because
a a
Statement 2 : In any triangle ABC ,
E e
JE iv .S h a
expansion of ( x y 2 )13 ( x 2 y )14 is 28 ,
t
50
30. Statement 1 : If C25 is divisible by (18)n , where
- K
because
IIT c
je Er .L. n N , then maximum value of n can be 2
b
because
O
Statement 2 : Total number of common terms in the
2n n
expansion of (x + y2)13 and (x2 + y)14 are 2. Statement 2 : 2n
Cn (2 r 1) for all n N .
n ! r 1
n
5. Value of S2 n S1 is equal to :
1
(a) P (2 , n)
Comprehension passage (1) 2
( Questions No. 1-3 ) (b) P(2 , n)
Let f (x) = (1 + x + x2)n = a0 + a1 x + a2x2 + ..... + a2nx2n , 1
2 3 2n
(c) P(2 , n)
and g(x) = b0 + b1 x + b2 x + b3x + ................ + b2n x , 3
s
(c) P(3 , n) – 2P(1 , n)
c
2. In f (x) , if n is even positive integer , then value of
( a 0
ti
a2 a4 a6 a8 .....) 2 ( a1 a3 a5 a7 .....) 2
a
(d) P(3 , n) + 2P(2 , n)
m
is equal to :
(a) 1
(c) 0
(b) 2
(d) 4
t h e
M a
3. In f (x) , if n is positive integral multiple of 3 , then
rm a
e a
7. If (1 + x)n = C0 + C1 x + C2x2 + .... Cn xn , where n N ,
n
E
JE iv .S h
t
r n
(1) .a .
-
Cr is equal to :
T c K
r
C 2
.
n
II
r 0
je Er L
3
and r
r
540 , then value of n is equal
. C
b
(a) 3n
Cn / 3 (b) n C2 n /3 r 1 r 1
O
to ..........
2n n 1
(c) Cn /3 (d) Cn / 3
8. Let the binomial coefficients of the 3rd , 4th , 5th and 6th
Comprehension passage (2)
terms in the expansion of (1 + x)100 be a , b , c and d
( Questions No. 4-6 )
respectively. If , are relatively prime numbers
n
Let m , n N and n S m (r ) m
, if b 2 ac a
and , then value of ( ) is equal
r 1 c 2 bd c
m m 1 m 2 n m 1 to ..........
P( m , n) m! .... ,
m m m m
n
S 1 2 30 3 30
4. Value of lim 76 is equal to : 10. If 30
C1 C2 30
C3 ........ 30
C30 is
n n
2 3 4 31
(a) 0 (b) 1/7 equal to (10 1) 1 , then value of ' ' is equal
(c) 1/6 (d) 1/14 to ..........
10 6 (19!)
(c) C02 2 10C12 3 10C22 .... upto 11 terms. (r)
5 (9!)2
10
(1)r 10 Cr 1
(d) r 1
(4r 1)
(s)
11 . 21 . 23
cs
1
ti
4 10
(t) (1 x ) dx
a
0
e M
(a) If the sixth term in the binomial expansion of
E h arm (p) 5
JE iv .S
- t
7
K
log3 9 x1 7
T c
1
II .
3 is 84 , (q) 1
je Er
L
(1/5)log5 (3x1 1)
.
5
then values of 'x' can be
O
(b) The second last digit of number 7
b 283
is equal to
(r) 4
5
(d) The positive integer which is greater than (1 0.00001)10 (t) 2
can be
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (c)
16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (b)
26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (b)
ics
at
em
1. (c) 2. (a)
at h 3. (b)
a
4. (b) 5. (b)
M m
Ex
6. (c) 7. ( 8 )
E e ar 8. ( 2 ) 9. ( 7 ) 10. ( 3 )
JE iv .S h
- t
11. (a) s 12. (a) q , t
(b) p
IIT c
(b) r
.K
je Er .L
(c) r (c) p , s
(d) t
O b
(d) p , r , s
t
from a collection of (2n + 2) distinct chocolates , then
a
total number of ways by which John can select at least 8. If Mr. and Mrs. Rustamji arrange a dinner party of 10
m
two chocolates are given by : guests and they are having fixed seats opposite one
(a) (4)n 4. 2n1Cn 2n 1
M m
by :
(c) 2(4)n 2n1Cn 2n 3
E e ar (a) 148 (8!) (b) 888 (8!)
JE iv .S h
t
n 2 n 1
-
(d) 2(4) Cn 2n 3 (c) 74 (8!) (d) 164 (8!)
II T c .K
bj
e Er
3. The coefficient of x1502 in the expansion of
.L 9. If 10 identical balls are to be placed in identical boxes ,
then the total number of ways by which this placement
(1 x x )
O
2 2007
.(1 x)2008 is is possible , if no box remains empty , is given by :
(a) 2007
C501 2006C500 (a) 210 (b) 11 (c) 9 (d) 5
(b) 2006
C500 2006C501 10. Total number of ways by which the word
'HAPPYNEWYEAR' can by arranged so that all vowels
2007 appear together and all consonants appear together ,
(c) C498 2006C499
is given by :
(d) 2007
C501 2007 C1506 (a) 12(7!) (b) 6(8!)
(c) 8 (7!) (d) 3 (8!)
4. X and Y are any 2 five digits numbers , total number
of ways of forming X and Y with repetition , so that
11. The number of seven digit integers , with sum of the
these numbers can be added without using the carrying
digits equal to 10 and formed by using the digits 1 , 2
operation at any stage , is equal to :
and 3 only , is :
(a) 45(55)4 (b) 36(55)4
(a) 55 (b) 66 (c) 77 (d) 88
(c) (55)5 (d) 51(55)4
12. Let r be a variable vector and a i j k such that
5. A team of four students is to be selected from a total
of 12 students , total number of ways in which team scalar values r . i , r . j and r . k are positive
can be selected if two particular students refuse to be
together and other two particular students wish to be
integers. If r . a is not greater than 10 , then total
together only , is equal to :
(a) 226 (b) 182 numbers of possible r are given by :
(c) 220 (d) 300 (a) 80 (b) 120 (c) 240 (d) 100
13. Let three lines L1 , L2 , L3 be given by 2x + 3y = 2 , 20. Total number of ways of selecting two numbers from
4 x 6 y 5 and 6 x 9 y 10 respectively. If line Lr the set of {1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , .... , 3n} so that their sum is
divisible by 3 is equal to :
contains 2r different points on it , where r {1 , 2 , 3} ,
3n 2 n
then maximum number of triangles which can be formed (a) 3n2 – n (b)
with vertices at the given points on the lines , are given 2
by : 2n 2 n
(c) (d) 2n 2 n
(a) 320 (b) 304 2
(c) 364 (d) 360
14. Let function ' f ' be defined from set A to set B , where
A B {1 , 2 , 3 , 4}. If f ( x) x , where x A , 21. Total number of four letters words that can be formed
then total number of functions which are surjective is from the letters of the word 'DPSRKPURAM' , is given
given by : by
(a) 12 (b) 10 (a) 10C4.(4!)
(c) 9 (d) 8 (b) 2190
ics
digit is greater than the preceding digit , is equal to : 6
2
(d) Coefficient of x4 in 3!. 1 x 1 ( x 1)2
(a) 9P5 (b) 9C4
at
m
(c) 10C5 (d) 10P5 22. Consider seven digit number x1 x2 x3 x4 .... x7 , where
t h e
16. An n-digit number is a positive number with exactly
x1 , x2 , .... x7 0 , having the property that x4 is the
a
greatest digit and digits towards the left and right of x4
a
n digits. Nine hundred distinct n-digit numbers are to are in decreasing order , then total number of such
E e M arm
be formed using only the three digits 2 , 5 and 7. The
smallest value of n for which this is possible , is :
h
numbers in which all digits are distinct is given by :
JE iv .S
(a) 9C7 .6C3 (b) 9C2 . 6C4
- t
(a) 6 (b) 7
je Er .L
(c) 8 (d) 9
O b
17. Consider n boxes which are numbered by n
consecutive natural numbers starting with the number
23. Consider xyz = 24 , where x , y , z I , then
(c) n Cm 1 (d) n m
Cn 1 (d) Total number of integral solutions for x , y , z
are 120
18. Total number of triplets (x , y , z) which can be
formed , selecting x , y , z from the set 24. If n Cr 1 (m2 8). n 1Cr ; then possible value of 'm'
{1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , .... 100} such that x y z , is equal to : can be :
(a) 4 (b) 2
(a) 100C3 (b) 101C3
(c) 3 (d) –5
(c) 102C3 (d) 100C2
25. Let 10 different books are to be distributed among four
19. Total number of ways in which a group of 10 boys and students A , B , C and D. If A and B get 2 books each C
2 girls can be arranged in a row such that exactly and D get 3 books each , then total number of ways of
3 boys sit in between 2 girls , is equal to : distribution are equal to :
(a) 1440(8!) (b) 720(8!) (a) 10C4 (b) 25200
ics (1 a 1 )(1 b 1 )
t
, provided and are the prime
a
because 1
m
Statement 2 : 'N' represents the total numbers of numbers.
M a
27. Statement 1 : From a group of 5 teachers and
rm a
5 students , if a team of 5 persons is to be formed
with five elements and B1 , B2 , ... , Bn be n sets each
e a
30 n
Ai Bi S . If
E
with three elements such that
JE iv h
having at least two teachers then total number of ways
.S
- t
i 1 i 1
T c K
5
be which team can be formed is given by C2 . 8 C3
I .
each element of S belongs to exactly ten of the Ai’s
I
je Er .L
{i.e. , selection of 2 teachers from 5 and 3 more persons and exactly nine of the Bj’s , then the value of n is 45
from remaining 8}
because
O b because
s
9! 11! Comprehension passage (3)
c
(a) (b)
i
8 8 ( Questions No. 7 - 9 )
9! 11! 9!
at Let A = { 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , .... , n } be the set of first n natural
m
(c) (d)
4 8 4
e
numbers , where S A . If the number of elements in
a
set S is represented by (S ) and the least number
in the set S is denoted by Smin , then answer the
7! 4!
.8 C4
E e
7! 8
M h arm
4!
following questions.
JE iv .S
(a) 2 (b) . C4 .
(2!) 2! 2! 2!
- t
7. If any of the subset S of set A is having (S ) = r ,
IIT c .K
je Er .L
4! 7! 8 4! where 1 r n , then maximum value of Smin which
(c) 7!.8 C4 (d) . C4 .
b
2! 8 2! can occur is equal to :
O
3. Total number of words , taking all letters at a time ,
such that each word contains both M's together and
(a) r
(c) n – r + 1
(b) n – r
(d) r + 1
both T's together but both A's are not together , is
8. The number of subsets 'S' with S min = m and
given by
(S ) = r , is equal to :
11! 10!
(a) C .7!
8
2 (b)
8
4
(a) m nm
Cr 1 (b) n m
Cr
(c) 6(6!) (d) 9(7!)
n m
(c) nCr 1 (d) Cr 1
ics
at
m
15. Consider a set 'A' containing 8 different elements from which a subset 'P' is chosen and the set A is reconstructed by
e
replacing the elements of P. From set A if another subset Q is chosen , then match the following columns for the number
t h
of ways of choosing P and Q in column (II) with the conditions in column (I)
a a
M m
Column (I) Column (II)
E e ar
JE iv .S
(a) P Q contains exactly one element
h (p) 6561
(b) Q is subset of P
IIT -
c t .K (q) 24
je Er .L
(c) P Q contains exactly one element
b
(r) 256
O
(d) P Q A (s) 17496
(t) 2187
16. Consider all possible permutations of the letters of the word ENDEANOEL. Match the statements in column I with the
statements in column II .
(a) The number of permutations containing the word ENDEA (p) 120
(b) The number of permutations in which the letter E occurs (q) 240
in the first and the last positions
(r) 840
(c) The number of permutations in which none of the letters
D , L , N occurs in the last five positions (s) 2520
16
[ 35 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Permutation and Combination
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (b)
16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (b)
26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (b)
ics
at
em
1. (b) 2. (a)
at h
3. (a)
a
4. (d) 5. (c)
M m
Ex
r
6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. ( 5 )
E e
JE iv .S h a
- t
11. ( 8 ) 12. ( 2 ) 13. ( 2 ) 14. ( 2 )
IIT c .K
je Er .L
15. (a) s 16. (a) p
(b) p
(c) q
(d) p
O b(b) s
(c) q
(d) q
s
(c) P( A) P( B) (d) P( A) P( B)
c
7 , is given by :
ati
2. If three identical dice are rolled , then probability (a) 3/10 (b) 11/40
m
that the same number appears on each of them is : (c) 11/50 (d) 27/40
(a)
1
6
(b)
1
36
t h e 8. If a , b , c , d {0 , 1} , then the probability that system
a
of equations ax + by = 2 ; cx + dy = 4 is having
a
M
unique solution is given by :
m
3 1
(c)
28
(d)
E e
18
ar 5 3
JE iv .S h
(a) (b)
t
8 8
- K
IIT c .
3. If A , B , C are three mutually independent events ,
je Er L
1
. 1 (c) 1 (d)
b
where P ( A B C ) 3P ( A B C ) and 2
2
O
P( A C ) P( A B C )
1
12
, then P( A C B)
9. For a student to qualify , he must pass at least two out
of the three exams. The probability that he will pass
1
is equal to : the first exam is , if he fails in one of the exams then
2
1 5
(a) (b) 1
12 6 the probability of his passing in the next exam is
4
1 1 otherwise it remains the same. The probability that
(c) (d)
6 24 student will pass the exam is :
4 3
4. An unbiased die is thrown and the number shown on (a) (b)
5 8
the die is put for 'p' in the equation x2 + px + 2 = 0 ,
probability of the equation to have real roots is : 1 3
(c) (d)
1 1 4 4
(a) (b)
3 2
10. Let eight players P1 , P2 , P3 , ........ P8 be paired
2 1 randomly in each round for a knock-out tournament. If
(c) (d)
3 4 the player Pi wins if i > j , then the probability that
5. Minimum number of times a fair coin must be tossed player P6 reaches the final round is :
so that the probability of getting at least one head is at 2 8
least 0.95 is (a) (b)
35 35
(a) 4 (b) 5
10
(c) 6 (d) 7 (c) (d) none of these
17
[ 37 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Probability
11. Let John appears in the exams of physics , chemistry 16. Let 'A' and 'B' be two independent events. The
and mathematics and his respective probability of
1
passing the exams is p , c and m. If John has 80% probability that both A and B happen is and the
chance of passing in at least one of the three exams , 12
55% chance of passing in at least two exams , and 35% 1
chance of passing in exactly two of the exams , then probability that neither A nor B happen is , then
2
p + c + m is equal to :
3P( A) 4P( B) may be
31 18
(a) (b) 7
20 31 (a) 1 or 0 (b) or 0
12
17 45
(c) (d) 7 7
20 32 (c) 0 or (d) or 1
12 12
12. Let one hundred identical coins , each with probability
'p' of showing up head are tossed once. If 0 < p < 1 17. An urn contains 2 white and 2 black balls , a ball is
and the probability that head turns up on 50 coins is drawn at random , if it is white it is not replaced into the
equal to the probability that head turns up on 51 coins, urn , otherwise it is dropped along with one another
then the value of 'p' is : ball of same color. The process is repeated , probability
that the third drawn ball is black , is :
50 49
(a) (b) 31 41
101 101 (a) (b)
s
60 60
(c)
51
(d)
52
tic 29
a
101 101 (c) (d) none of these
30
em
13. In a set of four bulbs it is known that exactly two of
h
18. An experiment has ten equally likely outcomes.
t
them are defective. If the bulbs are tested one by one
Let A and B be two non-empty events of the
a a
in random order till both the defective bulbs are
experiment. If A consists of 4 outcomes , then
M m
identified , then the probability that only two tests are
r
number of outcomes that B must have so that
e a
needed is given by :
E
JE iv .S h
A and B are independent , is :
- t
1 1 (a) 2 , 4 or 8 (b) 3 , 6 or 9
(a)
IIT c
(b)
.K
je Er L
6 2
.
(c) 4 or 8 (d) 5 or 10
(c)
1
4
O b (d)
1
3
19. A fair die is tossed repeatedly until a six is obtained , if
'k' denotes the number of tosses required , then the
conditional probability that 'k' is not less than six
14. Let 3 faces of an unbiased die are red , 2 faces are when it is given that 'k' is greater than 3 , is equal to :
yellow and 1 face is green. If the die is tossed three
times , then the probability that the colors red , yellow 5 125
(a) (b)
and green appear in the first , second and the third 36 216
tosses respectively is :
25 25
(c) (d)
1 1 36 216
(a) (b)
18 36
20. A box contain 15 coins , 8 of which are fair and the rest
7 1 are biased. The probability of getting a head on fair
(c) (d)
36 9 1 2
coin and biased coin is and respectively. If a
2 3
15. Let one Indian and four American men and their wives
are to be seated randomly around a circular table. If coin is drawn randomly from the box and tossed twice
each American man is seated adjacent to his wife , then , first time it shows head and the second time it shows
the probability that Indian man is also seated adjacent tail , then the probability that the coin drawn is fair , is
to his wife is given by : given by :
1 1 5 9
(a) (b) (a) (b)
5 3 8 16
2 1 3 5
(c) (d) (c) (d)
5 2 8 16
22. Let 'K' be the integral values of x for which the inequ- 3P ( A) 2 P ( B ) 4 P(C ) 1 , then :
ation x2 – 9x + 18 < 0 holds. If three fair dice are rolled (a) probability of occurrence of exactly 2 of the three
together , then the probability that the sum of the 1
numbers appearing on the dice is K , is given by : events is.
s
4
(a)
41
(b)
5
a
216 24 3
three events is .
m
1 31 4
e
(c) (d)
(c) probability of occurrence of all the three events
h
24 216
at a
23. Let set 'S' contains all the matrices of 3 3 order in
1
is
24
.
E e M h arm
which all the entries are either 0 or 1. If a matrix is (d) probability of occurrence of exactly one of the
JE iv .S
selected randomly from set 'S' and it is found that it
11
- t
contains exactly five of the entries as 1 , then the three events is .
IIT c .K
probability that the matrix is symmetric , is given by : 24
(a)
63
b je Er
(b) .L
3 28. Let a bag contain 15 balls in which the balls can
have either black colour or white colour. If Bn is
O
256 128
the event that bag contains exactly n black balls
2 7 and its probability is proportional to n2 , and E
(c) (d)
21 512 is the event of getting a black ball when a ball
is drawn randomly from the bag , then :
24. Let two positive real numbers 'x' and 'y' are chosen 15
1 24
ability that x + y 1 , given that x2 + y2 , is : (b) P ( E )
4 31
8 8 B 5
(a) (b) (c) P 5
376
16 16 E
4 2
(c) (d) B 5
8 16 (d) P 5 576
E
25. Let a natural number 'N' be selected at random from 29. Let the events 'A' and 'B' be mutually exclusive and
the set of first hundred natural numbers. The probability exhaustive in nature , then :
225 (a) P ( A) P ( B )
that N is not greater than 30 is given by :
N (b) P ( A B ) 0
(a) 0.01 (b) 0.05 (c) P ( A B) P ( A) P ( B )
(c) 0.25 (d) 0.025 (d) P ( A B) 1 P ( A) P ( B )
30. There are four boxes B1 , B2 , B3 and B4. Box Bi contain 32. Statement 1 : Let 'A' and 'B' be two dependent events
i cards and on each card a distinct number is printed , and if {P ( A B)}2 P( B ) , then least value of
the printed number varies from 1 to i for box Bi . If
a box is selected randomly , then probability of occ-
P ( A B) is 2sin ,
i 10
urrence of box Bi is given by and if a card is
10 because
drawn randomly from it then Ei represents the event
of occurrence of number i on the card , then : A P( A B )
Statement 2 : P , where P ( B ) 0
B P( B )
2
(a) value of P(E1) is
5
33. Statement 1 : In a binomial probability distribution
B 1 B (n , p 1/ 4) , if the probability of at least one
(b) inverse probability P 3 is
E
2 3 success is not less than 0.90 , then value of 'n' can be
log 2 12
E
(c) conditional probability P 3 is zero 3
B2 because
1 Statement 2 : In the given binomial probability
(d) value of P(E3) is
s
4
c
distribution 'n' is greater than or equal to log 4 10
em 4 1
h
random experiment , where P ( A) and P ( B) ,
t
Following questions are assertion and reasoning type 5 3
a rm a
questions. Each of these questions contains two
M
statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
2 1
then the value of P ( A B) lies in ,
e a
15 3
E
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
JE iv .S h
t
answers , only one of them is the correct answer.
- K
because
IIT c .
Select the correct answer from the given options :
je Er .L
Statement 2 : For any two events A and B ,
(a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
O b
Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
max P( A) , P( B) P( A B) 1 and
P( A B) min P( A) , P( B) .
Statement 1. 4
35. Statement 1 : Let an ellipse of eccentricity be
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false. 5
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true. inscribed in a circle and a point within the circle be
chosen randomly , then the probability that the point
31. Statement 1 : Let any two digit number is raised with 2
lies outside the ellipse is
power 4K + 2 , where K N , then the probability 5
that unit's place digit of the resultant number is natural because
multiple of 3 is 1/3
Statement 2 : The area of an ellipse of eccentricity 'e'
because
is given by a 2 1 e2 square units , where 'a'
Statement 2 : If any two digit number is raised with
represents the radius of auxiliary circle of the ellipse.
power 4K + 2 , K N , then digit at units place can
be 0 , 1 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 9.
s
3 4 14 10
ic
(a) (b)
t
5 5 7 2
a
(c) (d)
5 4 25 7
m
(c) (d)
e
9 9
h
Comprehension passage (3)
at
2. If it is given that the experiment ends with a head
for n = 2 , then the probability that the experiment
a
( Questions No. 7-9 )
E e M
ends in minimum number of throws , is equal to :
JE iv .S
3 4 3 5 the following questions.
- t
(a) (b) (c) (d)
T c .K
9
II
5 8 9
b
3. If E is the event that the last two throws show
O
either two consecutive heads or tails , then the 25 25
(a) (b)
216 36
E
value of P is equal to :
An 5 125
(c) (d)
n 36 216
5
(a) 1 (b) 1
9 8. The probability that X 3 equals
n
4
(c) 1 (d) 0 125 25
9 (a) (b)
216 36
Comprehension passage (2) 5 25
( Questions No. 4-6 ) (c) (d)
36 216
Consider a bag containing six different balls of three
different colours. If it is known that the colour of the 9. The conditional probability that X 6 given X > 3
balls can be white , green or red , then answer the equals
following questions.
125 25
4. The probability that the bag contains 2 balls of each (a) (b)
216 216
colour is :
1 1 1 1 5 25
(a) (b) (c) (d) (c) (d)
10 7 9 8 36 36
12. Let a cubical die has four blank faces , one face marked 14. A person while dialing a telephone number forgets the
with 2 , another face marked with 3 , if the die is rolled last three digits of the number but remembers that exactly
and the probability of getting a sum of 6 in 3 throws is two of them are same. He dials the number randomly ,
p , then value of
432
p is equal to ..........
ics if the probability that he dialed the correct number is
t
13 P , then value of (1080P) is ..........
m a
t h e
M a rm a
E e
JE iv .S h a
IIT -
c t .K
je Er .L
15. Consider a cube having the vertex points A , B , C , D , E , F , G , and H. If randaonly three corner points are selected
b
to form a triangle then match the following columns for the probability of the nature of triangle.
Column (I)
O
(a) Probability that the triangle is scalene
Column (II)
(p)
6
7
4
(b) Probability that the triangle is right-angled (q)
7
1
(c) Probability that the triangle is isosceles with exactly (r)
7
3
two equal sides (s)
14
3
(d) Probability that the triangle is equailateral (t)
7
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (c)
16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (b)
21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (a)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (a) 35. (b)
ics
at
em
at h a
M rm
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (c)
Ex
E e
JE iv .S h a
- t
6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. ( 6 )
IIT c .K
je Er .L
11. ( 9 ) 12. ( 2 ) 13. ( 8 ) 14. ( 4 )
15. (a) t
(b) p
O b
16. (a) s
(b) s
(c) p (c) r
(d) r (d) q
then det(2ABTC) is equal to : and , , {1, 2,3} , then which one of the following
10 10
is always true :
10
(a) Cr (b) 11
Cr 3 3
r 1 r 1 (a)
1
a .b
a .b
1
11 11
10 11
(c) Cr 1 (d) Cr 1 3 3
r 1 r 1
(b)
1
a .b
a .b
1
4. Let A aij be a matrix for which
1010
3 3 3 3
3 i j
aij 2i ij 2i j 2
sin 2 (i j ) , where [.]
(c)
a .b a .b
1 1
1 1
4
represents the greatest integer function , then 3 3 3 3
trace(A) is equal to : (d)
1 1
a .b a .b
1 1
(a) 420 (b) 400
(c) 410 (d) 500 10. Let ' ' be the non-real cube root of unity , where
5. Let 'S' be the set of all 3 3 symmetric matrices for 0 0
which all the entries are either 1 or 2 , if five of these
A 0 0 , then A2010 is equal to :
entries are 2 and four of them are 1 , then n(S) is equal
to : ( n(S) represents the cardinal number of S ) 0 0
(a) 10 (b) 12 (a) A (b) –A
(c) 20 (d) 18 (c) 0 (d) I
[ 45 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Matrices
cos( / 6) sin( / 6) 1 1
11. Let A and B 0 1 ;
sin( / 6) cos( / 6)
where C ABAT , then AT C 2010 A is equal to :
16. Let [0 , 2 ) , , and
6 3
1 2010
(a)
0 1 sin sin cos
A sin sin 1 , then
3/2 1 cos 1 sin
(b)
2010 1
(a) det (A) is independent from .
3/2 2010
(c) (b) det (A) is independent from .
1 1
3 3 1
1 3 / 2 (c) det ( A) , .
(d) 8 8
0 2010
(d) det ( A) [1 , 1].
(c) 1 (d) 2
(a) A( ) is invertible R.
Following questions are assertion and reasoning type Statement 2 : If A I , then Trr(A) 0
questions. Each of these questions contains two
statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative 24. Statement 1 : Let A 5 = 0 and An I for all
answers , only one of them is the correct answer. Select
the correct answer from the given options : n {1 , 2 , 3 , 4} , then (I – A)–1 = A4 + A3 + A2 + A + I
a 2 0 0
5. Let , , R and matrix Q 0 b2 0 .
0 0 c 2
Comprehension passage (1)
( Questions No. 1-3 ) If 'Q' is orthogonal matrix then maximum number of
ordered triplets ( , , ) which are possible is given
Let 'S' be the set of all 3 3 symmetric matrices all of by :
whose entries are either 0 or 1. If five of these entries
(a) 1 (b) 8
are 1 and four of them are 0 , then answer the following
questions. (c) 2 (d) 6
is : 1 0 0
(a) less than 4
Let A 2 1 0 , and R1 , R2 , R3 be the row
(b) at least 4 but less than 7 3 2 1
(c) at least 7 but less than 10
matrices satisfying the relations , R1 A 1 0 0 ,
(d) at least 10
R2 A 2 3 0 and R3 A 2 3 1. If B is
3. The number of matrices A in 'S' for which the system square matrix of order 3 with rows R1 , R2 , R3 , then
answer the following questions.
x 1
of linear equation A y 0 is inconsistent , is 7. The value of det(B) is equal to :
z 0
(a) –3 (b) 3
(a) 0 (b) more than 2 (c) 0 (d) 1
(c) 2 (d) 1
8. Let C = (2A100.B3) – (A99.B4) , then value of det(C) is
Comprehension passage (2) equal to :
( Questions No. 4-6 )
(a) 27 (b) –27
For a given square matrix 'A' , if AAT = ATA = I holds (c) 100 (d) –100
true , then matrix is termed as orthogonal matrix.
If a , b , c R and matrix 'P' is orthogonal , where 9. Sum of all the elements of matrix B–1 is equal to :
(a) 8 (b) 0
0 a a
(c) 5 (d) 10
P 2b b b , then answer the following
c c c
questions :
4. If square matrices of order 2 is formed with the entries 1 1 3
0 , a , b and c , then maximum number of matrices which 10. Let matrix A 5 2 6 , then the least positive
can be formed without repetition of the entries , is equal 2 1 3
to :
integer 'K' for which AK becomes null matrix , is equal
(a) 840 (b) 24 (c) 256 (d) 192 to ..........
[ 48 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
11. Let A aij , where | A | = 2 and B bij . 13. Let a , x , y R , and matrices A , B and C be defined
4 4 4 4
1 4 5
8 6 , then match columns (I) and (II) for the values of and the rank of matrix 'A'.
14. Let A 8
1 2 8 4 2 21
x2 x x 1 x 2
2
(d) 2 x 3x 1 3x 3 x 3 Ax B where A and B (s) 2
2
x 2x 3 2x 1 2x 1
are determinant of 3 3 , then (A + 2B) is equal to
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (b)
21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (d)
t
3x – y – z = 0
–3x + z = 0
–3x + 2y + z = 0.
m a 3 1 P1 1 P2
e
Then the number of such points for which then value of 1 P1 1 P2 1 P3 is equal to :
x2 + y2 + z2 100 are :
(a) 6 (b) 5
at h a
1 P2 1 P3 1 P4
M m
(a) 4 (b) 0 (c) 8 (d) 2
(c) 10 (d) 7
E e ar
JE iv .S h 8. Let , and be internal angles of a triangle ,
1
IIT -
c t .K sin 1 2 cos cos
3. If [0 , 2 ) and A sin
O
1 sin 1 cos cos 1
then det (A) lies in the interval : equal to :
(a) [2 , 4] (b) [2 , 3] (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) –1 (d) 2
(c) [1 , 4] (d) (2 , 4) 9. Let , , and be the positive real roots of the
equation x4 – 12x 3 + px 2 + qx + 81 = 0 , where
4. The existence of unique solution for the system of
equations , x + y + z = p , 5x – y + qz = 10 and
2x + 3y – z = 6 depends on :
p , q R , then value of is equal to :
(a) 'p' only. (b) 'q' only.
(c) 'p' and 'q' both. (d) neither 'p' nor 'q'.
5 9
(a) (b)
2 2
2 1 0
f ( x) 3 2 1 , where [.] 3
5. Let (c) (d) none of these
1 2
x | x | tan x sin [ x]
10. Let set 'S' consists of all the determinants of
represents the greatest integer function , then
order 3 3 with entries zero or one only and set 'P' is
2 subset of 'S' consisting of all the determinants with
f ( x)dx is : value 1. If set 'Q' is subset of 'S' consisting of all the
2 determinants with value –1 , then :
(a) 2 cos2 1 (b) sin22 + sec 1 (a) n(S) = n(P) + n(Q) (b) n(P) = 2n(Q)
2 2
(c) 1 + cos 2 – 2sin 1 (d) cos 2 + 1 – 2 cos 1
(c) n(P) = n(Q) (d) P Q S
11. Let 'M' be a 3 3 matrix , where MM T I and 17. If a determinant is chosen at random from the set of all
det (M) = 1 , then : determinants of order 2 2 with elements zero or one
(a) det( M I ) 0 . only , then the probability that the value of determinant
chosen is non-negative is equal to :
(b) det (M – I) is always zero.
(c) det (M + 2I) = 0. 3 5
(a) (b)
(d) det (M + I) is always zero. 16 8
3 13
x3 x4 3x (c) (d)
8 16
12. Let px 4 qx3 rx 2 sx t x 2 3 x x 1 x3
x 1 2 x x4 18. Let , , be non-zero real numbers , then system
be an identity in x , where p , q , r , s and t are
x2 y2 z2
constants , then (q + s) is equal to : of equations in x , y and z , 1 ,
2 2 2
(a) 52 (b) 51 (c) 50 (d) 102
x2 y2 z2 y2 z2 x2
13. Let A , B and C be the angles of a triangle , where A , 1 and 1 has :
2 2 2 2 2 2
tan A 1 1
(a) no solution.
B,C , then the value of 1 tan B 1
2 (b) unique solution.
s
1 1 tan C
c
(c) infinitely many solutions.
is equal to :
(a) 0 (b) –1 (c) 2
ati (d) –2
(d) finitely many solutions.
m
19. The number of values of 'K' for which the system
e
of equations
14. Let a r xr i yr j zr k ,
h
where r = 1 , 2 , 3 be three
t
(2K + 1) x + (3K + 1)y + K + 2 = 0 and
a
vectors and | ar | r , a1.a2 a2 .a3 a3 .a1 1 , (5K + 1)x + (7K + 1)y + 4K + 2 = 0
a
M
is consistent and indeterminate is given by :
x1 y1 z1
rm
e a
(a) 0 (b) 1
then value of x2 y2
E
JE iv .S
z2
h
is equal to : (c) 2 (d) infinite
x3 y3
IIT -
c
z3
t .K
je Er .L 20. If the system of equations ; 2x + y – 3 = 0 , 6x + ky –4 =0
b
(a) 4 (b) 2 6 and 6x + 3y – 10 = 0 is consistent , then
O
(c) 6 2 (d) 6 (a) k = 1 (b) k = 3
(c) k = 1 or 3 (d) k
1 1 x 1 x2
15. Let f ( x) 1 1 x 1 x 2 ; then f (x) is
1 1 x 1 x2 21. Let a , b , c be non-zero real numbers and function f (x)
independent of :
a2 x2 ab ac
(a) and (b) and
2 2
is given by ab b x bc , then f (x)
(c) and (d) , and 2 2
ac bc c x
16. If a homogenous system of equations is is divisible by :
represented by: ax by cz 0 , bx cy az 0
(a) x4 (b) x6
and cx ay bz 0 , and infinite ordered triplets (c) x2 – a2 – b2 – c2 (d) x2 + a2 + b2 + c2
(x , y , z) are possible without any linear constraint ,
then 22. System of equations : x + 3y + 2z = 6 , x y 2 z 7 ,
2 2 2
(a) a b c 0 and a b c ab bc ca x + 3y + 2z = has :
(a) Infinitely many solutions if 4 , 6.
(b) a b c 0 and a 2 b 2 c 2 ab bc ca
(b) No solution if 5 , 7.
(c) a b c 0 and a 2 b 2 c 2 ab bc ca
(c) Unique solution if 5 , 7.
2 2 2
(d) a b c 0 and a b c ab bc ca (d) No solution if 3 , 5.
ics
t
(d) total number of DN is 32. Statement 1 : ( x) is divisible by ( x ) 2
m a because
e
25. Let f (x) be real valued polynomial function , and
h
Statement 2 : ( ) '( ) 0
t
1 x x
x 2 x x f '( x) f ( x) , then
x x 3
M a rm a
e
28. Let S {1 , 2 , 3 , .... , n } be the set of 3 3
3
E
JE iv .S h a determinants that can be formed with the distinct non-
(a) f ( x)dx 0
IIT -
c t .K
zero real numbers a1 , a2 , a3 , .... a9 , where repeatition
je Er L
of elements is not permissible , then
.
1
b
1 n
O
(b) f ( x)dx 0 Statement 1 : i 0
1 i 1
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
Let y f ( x) be quadratic function , and 5. Let M = AB12 A2 B23 A3 B34 ... A100 B100
101
, then det (M)
is equal to :
4a 2 4a 1 f ( 1) 3a 2 3a
2 (a) 100 (b) –100
4b 4b 1 f (1) 3b 2 3b .
4c 2 4c 1 f (2) 3c 2 3c (c) 0 (d) 1000
If a , b and c are distinct real numbers , and maximum 6. For a variable matrix X. the matrix equation AX = C2
value of f (x) occurs at point 'V' , then answer the will have :
following questions. (a) Unique solution
(b) No solution
i2j
1. Let A aij , aij f i j and (c) Finitely many solutions
33
3 (d) Infinitely many solutions
aij 0 for all i j , then det (A) is equal to :
ics
(a) 0 (b) 2 (c) –1 (d) –3
at
em
2. Let 'A' is the point of intersection of y f ( x) with
1 a3 a 2b a2c
a
7. If a , b , c I and ab 2 1 b3 b2c 11 ,
M m
2 2 3
(in square units) enclosed by f (x) with chord AB is : ac bc 1 c
E e ar
JE iv .S h
250 125 then total number of possible triplets of (a , b , c)
(a) (b)
- t
3 3 is/are..........
IIT c .K
je Er .L
75 301
b
(c) (d) 2 cos 2 x sin 2 x sin x
4 3
O
8. Let f ( x) sin 2 x 2sin 2 x cos x , and
1
3. Let g ( x) x (2 , 2) , then total number sin x cos x 0
f ( x)
/2
of points of discontinuity for y g ( x) in I f ( x) f '( x) dx , then the least integer just
0
3 , 3 are given by : ( [.] represents G.I.F. ) greater than 'I' is equal to ..........
(a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 8 (d) 2 /2
1 cos 2nx
9. Let Un 1 cos 2 x dx , then value of
Comprehension passage (2) 0
( Questions No. 4-6 )
U1 U 2 U 3
2 2 4 U 4 U 5 U 6 is equal to ..........
Consider the matrices , A 1 3 4 ,
U 7 U8 U9
1 2 3
10. Consider the system of equations :
4 3 3
x (sin ) y (cos ) z 0
C1 1 , C2 0 and C3 1 .
x (cos ) y (sin ) z 0
4 4 3
x (sin ) y (cos ) z 0
Let matrix 'B1' of order 3 3 is formed with the column
If and are real numbers , and the system of
vectors of the matrices C 1 , C 2 and C 3 , and
equations has non-trivial solutions , then number of
Bn 1 adj ( Bn ) , n N , then answer the following integral values of which are possible for different
questions : values of are ..........
5
11. Let f (x) be polynomial function having local minima at x = and f (0) = 2f (1) = 2. If for all
2
2ax 2ax 1 2ax b 1
x R , f '( x) b b 1 1 where 'a' and 'b' are some constants , then match the
2ax 2b 2ax 2b 1 2ax b
following column (I) and II.
s
f ( x) x
c
(d) lim 2 (s) 2
i
t
x x 1
m a
Kx y z 1
t h e
a
x Ky z K
a
M m
x y Kz K 2
E e ar
JE iv .S h
Match column (I) and (II) for the values of 'K' and the nature of solution for the system of equations.
Column (I)
IIT -
c t .K Column (II)
b je Er .L
(a) If K 1 , then system of equations have (p) Unique solution.
O
(b) If K 1 , then system of equations may have
(c) If K R {1 , 2} , then system of equations have
(q) Infinitely many solutions.
(r) No solution.
(d) If K {1 , 2} , then system of equations may have (s) Finitely many solutions.
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (d)
16. (d) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (d)
26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (b) 30. (d)
ics
at
em
1. (a) 2. (b)
at h
3. (b)
a
4. (b) 5. (c)
M m
Ex
r
6. (b) 7. ( 3 ) 8. ( 4 ) 9. ( 0 ) 10. ( 3 )
E e
JE iv .S h a
- t
11. (a) r 12. (a) q
(b) s
IIT c .
(b) p , r
K
je Er .L
(c) p (c) p
(d) q
O b
(d) q , r
(a) a = b (b) a
b 9. log (tan(r
r 1
3 )) is equal to :
2
b (a) 3 (b) 1
(c) a = 2b (d) a
3 (c) 2 (d) 0
1 4
n
3. The value of (81) log5 3 (27)log9 36 (3) log7 9 is : 1
10. log
r 1 2r
a
is equal to :
(a) 49 (b) 625
(c) 216 (d) 890 n(n 1) n(n 1)
(a) log a 2 (b) log 2 a
2 2
16 25 81
4. 7 log 5 log 3 log is equal to : (n 1)n . n 2
(c) log 2 a (d) none of these
15 24 80 4
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) log 2 (d) log 3
11. If log 7 log 5 ( x 2 x 5) 0 , then x is equal to :
1 1 1 x2 2 x
14. If n 2010! , then ....... is 1 1
log 2 n log3n log 2010 n 21. If , then set of 'x' contains :
2 4
equal to :
(a) –1 (b) 0 (a) ( , 0) (b) ( , 1)
(c) 1 (d) 2 (c) (1 , ) (d) none of these
3 5
log ( x 1) log3 x 2 log3 x
19. Set of real x for which 2 2
( x 5) is : 26. If ( x) 4 4 3 , then x has :
1 1 8
(c) p lies in , and y satisfy the relation log y x log x y , then
3 2 3
30. If set 'S' contains all the real values of x for which
equal to ..........
log (2 x 3) x 2 1 is true , then set 'S' contain :
(a) log 2 5 , log 2 7 ln a ln b ln c
34. If , then value of
( y z ) ( z x) ( x y )
(b) log3 4 , log38
3
(c) , 1
(a) y 2 yz z 2
.(b) z
2
zx x 2
.(c) x
2
xy y 2
is equal to
2 ..........
(d) (1 , 0)
35. Total number of integral solution(s) of the equation
x log10 (2 x 1) x log10 5 log10 6 is/are ..........
11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (d)
16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (b)
( x 1)(2 x) 0 ; x Q x ; x Q
f ( x) and g ( x) , then co-
(b) f ( x) loge x ; x Q 0 ; x Q
( x 1)(2 x)
mposition f (x) – g(x) is :
ics
(c) f ( x ) , where f (x) + f (y) = f (x + y). f (x – y) for all
(a) one-one onto (b) one-one into
x , y R
e | x|
m
1
e
(d) f ( x) log | x 2 | 2
h
1 e | x| 8. If 0 1 and f ( x) , then do-
t | x|
M a m a
2. Domain of function f ( x) log (2 x 1) ( x 1) is :
r
main of f (x) is :
e a
(a) [1 , 2) (2 , 3) (b) [1 , 2) (2 , 3]
E
JE iv .S
1
h
- t
(a) (1 , ) (b) , (c) (1 , 2) (2 , 5) (d) none of these
T c K
2
II .
(c) (0 , )
b je Er .L
1
(d) , 0 (0 , )
9. The number of solutions of equation 6 |cos x| – x = 0
O
in [0 , 2 ] are :
2
(a) 6 (b) 4
x
(a) 30 (b) 70 f ( x) x , where [.] represents the greatest in-
3
(c) 75 (d) 100 teger function , then f –1 (x) is given by :
4. Let f (x) = sin ax + cos ax and g (x) = |sin x| + |cos x| (a) x + 1 (b) 3x + 2
have equal fundamental period , then 'a' is : (c) 3x + 1 (d) none of these
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4 (1 x x 2 )( x 4 1)
11. If x R , then range of f ( x)
x3
5. Let f (x) + f (1 – x) = 2 x R and g(x) = f (x) – 1 , is :
then g(x) is symmetrical about : 5
1 (a) 2 , 3 (b) [6, )
(a) the line x (b) the point (1 , 0)
2
2 2 5
1 (c) 3 , (d) ,
(c) the line x = 1 (d) the point , 0 3 3
2
s
1
(a) 3 (b)
3
tic
a
21. If 3log a x 3 x log a 3 2 , where a R {1} , then value
1
m
(c) 6 (d) of x is :
e
6
h
(a) a log 2 3 (b) a log 2 3
e M rm
f (x) = tan–1 (x2 + x + a) then set of values of 'a' for
E h a
JE iv .S
which f (x) is onto , is : 22. If x4 – 18x2 + 2 0 is having all four real roots ,
- t
then exhaustive set for ' ' belongs to :
1
IIT c .K
je Er L
(a) , (a) [3 , 67] (b) [–1 , 61]
.
(b) [4 , )
4
1
(c) ,
8 O b(d) none of these
(c) [0 , 75] (d) [2 , 83]
s
3 3 (K ) x
c
(c) [1 , 2) (d) 1 , , 2 36. If f ( x) ; K 0 , then which one
i
2 2 (K )x K
t h
4 2 3
x ( x 1) ( x 4) (c) f (x) + f (1 + x) = 1 (d) f (x) = f (1 – x)
inequality 0 are :
( x 2)4 (6 x)5
M a rm a 37. Let f (x) = | x | and g(x) = [x] , where [.] represents the
e
(a) infinite (b) 8
E
JE iv .S h a greatest integer function , then the inequality
t
(c) 9 (d) 10
-
g( f (x)) f (g(x)) is valid , if
IIT c .K
je Er .L
30. Let f (x) = x2 + (a – b) x + (1 – a – b) cuts the x-axis at (a) x ( , 0) I (b) x I
O
then the interval of 'a' is :
(a) [1 , )
b
two distinct points for all values of b , where a ,b R ,
(b) (1 , )
(c) x ( , 0) (d) x R
s
2 [.] represents the greatest int eger function.
m a 2
e
(a) value of f (x) is less than tan .
1 1 3
h
43. Let f ( x). f f ( x) f x R {0} ,
t
x x
a
(b) value of f (x) is less than 2 cos( ).
then function f (x) may be :
a
E e M h arm (c) value of f (x) is more than
4 3 3
.
JE iv .S
(a) f ( x ) 1 x n (b) f ( x) 5
2 tan 1 | x |
IIT -
c t .K
je Er L
3 4 3
.
2 (d) value of f (x) is more than .
b
(c) f ( x ) 2 (d) f ( x) 5
1 ln x 4
O 1
48. Let n N and [.] represents the greatest integer
n2 n n2 n 2
0 ; | x | function , where f : [0 , ] ,
n 2 2
44. Let f ( x) , where n N
| x | 1 ; | x | 1 n
| x | x
n be defined as f ( x) r sin , then :
r 1 r
and [ ] represents the greatest integer just less than (a) f (x) is one-one function.
or equal to , then which of the following state-
(b) f (x) is onto function.
ment(s) are true :
(c) f (x) is into function.
(a) f (x) is odd function.
(b) f (x) is not periodic. (d) f (x) is many-one function.
(c) sgn ( f (x)) = 1 x R.
(d) f (x) is even function. 49. Let , , be non-zero real numbers and
f : [0 , 3] [0 , 3] be a funct ion defined as
45. Let f : R R be a function defined as f ( x) x 2 x . If f (x) is bijective function ,
f (x) = 3 – 3x + 2 | x + 2 | – | x – 3 | , then : then :
(a) f (x) is surjective function. (a) value of is 0. (b) value of is 3.
Statement 1 : Range of f (x) is ,
2
Following questions are assertion and reasoning type because
questions. Each of these questions contains two
statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative Statement 2 : sin–1x + cos–1x = for all x [1 , 1].
2
answers , only one of them is the correct answer.
Select the correct answer from the given options :
(a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and 9 x2
Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1. 54. Consider the function ( x ) log 2 and
2x
cs
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
i
f ( x) 3sin ( x) 4cos ( x ) , then
t
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
a
Statement 1.
Statement 1 : Range of f (x) is [–5 , 5]
m
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
h e
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
t
because
a a
Statement 2 : If R , then value of
M m
51. Let f : R R and g : R R be two bijective func-
e ar
tions and both the functions are mirror images of one
E
( a sin b cos ) lies in a 2 b 2 , a 2 b 2 .
JE iv .S
another about the line y – 2 = 0.
h
IIT -
c t .K
Statement 1 : If h : R R be a function defined as
je Er L
55. Let function f :N N be defined as
.
h(x) = f (x) + g(x) , then h(x) is many one onto function
b
x
f ( x) x sgn(cos 2) , then
O
because
Statement 2 : h(2) = h(– 2) = 4. Statement 1 : f ( x ) is bijective in nature
because
52. Statement 1 : If x (0 , 2 ) , then the equation
tan x sec x 2cos x is having three distinct solu-
Statement 2 : sgn(cos x ) 1 x ,
tions 2 2
because
t
(d) 600 square units.
a
(c) either C1 and C2 don't meet each other or they
m
2. Let the ordered pair (x , y) be termed as integral point if meet on the line y – x = 0.
e
both x and y belong to the set of integers , then total
h
(d) C1 and C2 meet on the line y – x = 0.
t
number of integral points which belong to the set of
a a
A B are :
Comprehension passage (3)
M rm
(a) 600 (b) 1000 ( Questions No. 7-9 )
(c) 660
E e
JE iv .S
(d) 860
h a
- t
Let f : N N be a function defined by f (x) = Dx ,
IIT c .K
je Er
3. Number of ordered pairs (x , y) which satisfy the
L
where Dk represents the largest natural number which
.
b
x can be obtained by rearranging the digits of natural
condition | y | 10 and belong to set 'A' , where number k.
O
10 For example : f (3217) = 7321 , f (568) = 865 , f (89) = 98
{ } represents the fractional part of , are : .......... etc.
(a) 100 (b) 420 On the basis of given definition of f (x) , answer the
following questions.
(c) finitely many (d) infinitely many.
7. Function f (x) is :
Comprehension passage (2)
( Questions No. 4-6 ) (a) one-one and into.
(b) many-one and into.
Let f : A B be bijective function and its inverse (c) one-one and onto.
exists , where the inverse function of f (x) is given by (d) many-one and onto.
g : B A . If the functions y f ( x) and y g ( x )
are represented graphically by the continuous curves 8. If natural number 'n0' divides f ( ) – for every
C1 and C2 respectively , then answer the following N , then maximum possible value of 'n0' is equal
questions. to :
(a) 3 (b) 4
(c) 9 (d) 11
4. If the points (4 , 2) and (2 , 4) lie on the curve 'C2'
then minimum number(s) of solutions of the equation
9. Let f ( ) 99852 , where N , then maximum
f (x) – g (x) = 0 is/are :
number of possible distinct values of ' ' are :
(a) 1 (b) 3 (a) more than 100. (b) less than 50.
(c) 6 (d) 2 (c) more than 55. (d) less than 30.
s
such that f (n + 2) = P (n) f (n + 1) + Q (n) f (n) for all
ic
distinct real roots , then total number of possible n N , then value of P (10) + Q (6) is equal to ..........
integral values of ' ' are :
m
(a) 20 (b) 21
(P + 1) (x4 + x2 + 1) – (P – 1) (x2 + x + 1)2 = 0 is having
(c) 40 (d) 42
a a
1 x
E e M h arm
12. If the equation g ( x ) 0 is having infinitely many
f f ( x) f
1
f P , then value of ' ' is ......
JE iv .S
real solutions , then number of possible integral values x
- t
of ' ' is/are :
IIT c .K
je Er .L
(a) 0 (b) 1 17. Let f (x) and g(x) be even and odd functions respec-
(c) 2
O b (d) 3 1
tively , where x2 f ( x) 2 f g ( x) , then value of
| 3 x | | x 1|
18. Let f ( x) x R , and [x] represents the greatest integer function of x , then match the
|1 x | | x 3 |
conditions/expressions in column (I) with statement(s) in column (II).
19. Match the functions in column (I) with their corresponding range in column (II).
(a) f ( x) cos(sin x ) sin(cos x) for all x , (p) [cos 1 , 1]
2 2
(b) f ( x) cos(cos (sin x)) for all x [0 , ] (q) [cos1 , cos(cos1)]
(c) f ( x) cos(cos x ) all x , (r) [cos(cos1) , cos1]
2 2
3
(d) f ( x) cos(sin 2 x x 2 ) for all x 0 , (s) [cos1 , 1 sin1]
8
ics 3
t
(a) Domain of f (x) = cos–1 contain(s) (p)
a
2 4
(b) Domain of f ( x) log3 sin 2 (2 x)
1/ 2
emcontain(s) (q)
h
12
x2 x 1
at a
M
(c) Range of f ( x) tan 1 2
m
contain(s) (r)
r
x x 1 8
E
JE iv .Se h a
t
3
- K
T c
(d) If [ ] represents the greatest integer function of , (s)
II . 8
b je Er .L
and f ( x) [cos 1 x] [sin 1 x] , then domain of f (x) (t)
O
4
contain(s)
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (d)
16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (a)
26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (a) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (c)
36. (b) 37. (d) 38. (b) 39. (b) 40. (a)
s
41. (a , c) 42. (a , b , c , d) 43. (a , b , c , d) 44. (a , d) 45. (a ,b, c , d)
46. (a , d) 47. (a , d)
tic
48. (c , d) 49. (b , c , d) 50. (a , b , d)
t h e
M a rm a
E e
JE iv .S h a
IIT -
c t .K
1. (d)
b
2. (c)
je Er .L 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (d)
O
Ex
6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (c)
s
4 1 0
ic
(c) (d)
t
3 3
a
(a) 1 (b) e
m
1/ n
e
2 (n 1) 1
2. lim sin .sin ......sin is equal to :
h
(c) e2 (d)
2n 2n n
t
n
e
(a)
1
4
(b) e 4/
M a rm a 1
e
a
8. The value of lim x e1/ x x is equal to :
(c) e 2/
E
JE iv .S
(d) e /8
h
x x
IIT -
c t .K (a) 1 (b)
je Er .L
3. Let f (x) be differentiable and f (1) = 2 and f '(1) = 4 ,
b
(c) 0 (d) none of these
1
O
f ( x) x 1
then lim is equal to : 9. Let f (x) be real function and g(x) is bounded function
x 1 f (1)
f ( x).enx g ( x)
(a) 1 (b) e2 for all x R , then lim is :
n 1 enx
(c) 0 (d) e–1
(a) f (x) (b) g(x)
2 f ( x y ) f ( x y ) 3 y 2 3 f ( x) 2 xy , then
x(1 a cos x ) b sin x
11. Let lim 1 , then (a + b) is :
f ( x) 1 x0 x3
lim is equal to :
x 1 x 1
(a) –3 (b) –2
(a) –3 (b) 0
(c) –2 (d) 1 (c) – 4 (d) –1
2 2 2 2
n 3 9 3 18 3 27 3 9 17. In which of the following case(s) , the limit doesn't
12. lim 2 2 2 ....
n 3 n n n n n n n n exist ?
is equal to : x
(a) lim (b) lim(sin 3 x ) tan x
x 0 2 x 0
(a) 62 (b) 63 sec x 1
(c) 64 (d) none of these x 2 1
3x 1 2 2x
13. If normal to curve y = f (x) at x = 0 is 3x – y + 3 = 0 , (c) lim 2 (d) lim(ln x 2 ) 2 x
x 4 x x x0
x2
then lim 2 2 2 is :
x 0 f ( x ) 5 f (4 x ) 4 f (7 x )
18. Let f (x) be differentiable function for all x R and
1 1 2 f ( x ) x 2 f ( )
(a) (b) – f (1) 1. If lim 1 for every x > 0,
2 3 x x
1 1 then :
(c) (d) –
3 2 17
(a) f (2)
6
1
14. Let f :[1 , 1] R and f (0) 0, f '(0) lim n f , (2)1/ 3
s
n n (b) f ( x ) has local minima at x
ic
2
1
where 0 lim cos1 , then value of
n 2
at (c) f ( x) is strictly increasing for all x 2
m
n
(d) f "( x) 0 x R
2 1
lim (n 1) cos1 n is equal to :
t h e
a a
n n 2x 1 x
19. Let f ( x) lim cot 2 , then
M rm k 0 k
e
2
(a)
E
(b) 0
je Er .L
(c) 1 (d) 1
b
O
(c) [ f ( x )] dx 0 , where [.] represents greatest
2
1
sin( (1 sin x))
15. lim is equal to : integer function.
x 0 tan 2 x
(a) (b) – (d) f (| x |) is odd function.
(c) (d) 1 x2
2
x 2 4 x x 1
20. If lim(1 x x 2 ) x 1 lim , then :
x 1 x x x 2
(a) 1 (b) 0
(c) 4 (d) 3
( x 1) 2 m
16. Let m , n I and f ( x) for all
log e cos n ( x 1)
x (0 , 2) .If g ( x) e | x 1| x R and
Following questions are assertion and reasoning type
lim f ( x) g '(1 ) , then :
x 1 questions. Each of these questions contains two
statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
(a) m + 2n = 5 (b) 2m + n = 4 (Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
answers , only one of them is the correct answer. Select
(c) m – n = 1 (d) 2m – n = 0 the correct answer from the given options :
cs
1
i
2
all n N , then lim 2n ( an ) is equal to
25. Statement 1 : Let L lim (sin1)n (cos1)n
t
n , then
n 3 n
because
m a value of sin–1(L) = 1
e
because
h
Statement 2 : Sequence {a n } for all n N is
converging in nature.
at a
x
sin cos 2 .sin x 2
M m
2
r
Statement 2 : lim sin1
e a
n
r.2r x0 tan 2 x
23. Let Sn , then
E
JE iv .S h
t
(r 2)!
r 0
- K
IIT c
je Er .L.
O b
f ( x) equal to :
and lim , then answer the following
x0 x2 (a) 3/2 (b) 5/2
questions.
(c) 2 (d) 1
s
1 6. If area of triangle PCD is 'A2' and area enclosed by
1. lim x 2 .g is equal to :
x x
tic arc
A
AB with the chord AB is 'A3' , then lim 2 is
(a)
(b) 2 2
m a 0 A3
e
2 equal to :
(c)
4
(d)
4
at h a
(a)
3
8
(b)
5
4
E e M h arm 1
JE iv .S
(c) 1 (d)
g (cos 2 x 1) 6
- t
2. lim is equal to :
x4
IIT c .K
x 0
(a)
b je Er .
(b)
L
O
(c) (d)
f ( x)
7. Let f ( x) x sin(sin x) sin 2 x and L lim .
xn x 0
2 2
(c) (d) n n 1 n 2
16 4 9. Let Sn
r 2
r 1
r 3
r 1 r 1
r .... n and
sin x tan x
(a) xlim
0 (p) 2
x x
2 x 3sin x
(b) xlim
0 (q) 0
sin x x
(c) xlim
0
[ x 2 2] [ x3 3] (r) 1
x 4
(d) lim (s) 4
x 0
2 x
(t) limit doesn't exist
ics
12. Let L lim 4 3 2
x ax 3 x bx 2 4
at 3 2
x 2 x cx 3 x d , then match the columns (I) and (II).
m
x
Column (I)
t h e Column (II)
M a r ma (p) 1
E e
JE iv .S
(b) If L = 2 , then value of 'c' is
h a (q) 2
IIT -
c t .K
je Er .L
(c) If L = 6 , b R , then value of (a + b) can be (r) 3
O b
(d) If L = 3 , d R , then value of (c + d) can be
(s) 4
(t) 0
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (a)
21. (d) 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (b)
ics
at
1. (c) 2. (a)
m
3. (c)
e
4. (b) 5. (a)
t h
Ex
6. (a) 7. ( 6 ) 8. ( 6 ) 9. ( 8 ) 10. ( 0 )
b je Er .L
O
t
the function f (x) = | x | + | cos x | + tan x in the
4 (d) g(x) is continuous x R
interval x (1 , 2) is/are :
m a
(a) 3 (b) 1
t h e x 2 3 x a ; x 1
8. Let f ( x) be a differentiable
a a
(c) 2 (d) 4 bx 2 ; x 1
e
3. If function f : R R satisfy the condition
E M h arm function for all x R , then (a 3b) is :
JE iv .S
(a) 20 (b) 18
- t
f (2 x 2 y ) f (2 x 2 y ) cos x sin y
IIT c
.K and
je Er
(c) 15 (d) 25
L
f (2 x 2 y ) f (2 x 2 y ) sin x cos y
.
f '(0)
1
2
, then :
12. If f : [2a , 2a ] R is an odd-function such that left (a) less than one
hand derivative at x = a is zero and f (x) = f (2a – x) (b) greater than one
for all x (a , 2a) then left hand derivative at x a (c) not less than one
is :
(d) not greater than one
(a) 1 (b) –1
(c) 0 (d) Data insufficient x
;x 0
x 19. Let f ( x) 1 e1/ x ; then :
x2 0 ; x 0
13. If
0
t f (t ) dt sin x x cos x
2
for all x R {0},
(a) f (x) is discontinuous at x = 0
(b) f '(0+) = 1
(c) f '(0–) = 1
then f is equal to :
6 (d) f '(0+) = f '(0–) = 1
1 20. Let f (x) be differentiable function with property
(a) 0 (b)
2 1
f (x + y) = f (x) + f (y) + xy and lim f (h) 3 , then
1 1 h 0 h
(c) – (d) –
2 4 f(x) is :
(a) linear function (b) 3x + x2
14. Let f (x) = [sin x] + [sin 2x] x (0 , 10) , [.] is the
ics x2
t
greatest integer function , then f (x) is discontinuous (c) 3x + (d) x3 + 3x
a
2
at :
(a) 8 points (b) 9 points
em
(c) 10 points
t
(d) 11 points
-J tiv K.S
4 x 2 , 1 x2 ; 2 x 0
E
2
15. If f ( x) 2 x | x | , then f (x) is :
f ( x) , then
IT c .
1 ; x0
I 4 x2 , 1 x2
e
min ;0 x2
(a) differentiable at x = 0
j r.L
(b) discontinuous at x = 0
O b E
(c) continuous but not differentiable at x = 0
(a) f (x) is continuous at x
3
2
but non-
(c) x I {0 , 1} (d) x I {1} (b) y = sin ( f (x)) is differentiable for all real x.
1
n (c) [ f ( x)]dx 2 , where [.] represents the greatest
r
18. Let f ( x) a x
r 0
r and if | f ( x) | | e x 1 1| for all 1
integer function.
x [0 , ) , then value of 2
2
f ( x) log3 x 0 are five.
because
Statement (2) : If f (x) is continuous at x and
(c) [ f ( x) ] dx 2 , where [.] represents the
0 xa xa
x a
lim g ( x) , then lim f ( g ( x)) f lim g ( x ) .
greatest integer function.
(d) y sgn f ( x) is continuous x R . 27. Let g ( x) [ x 2 3x 4] x R , where [.] is
24. Let [.] denotes the greatest integer function , and sin( g ( x ))
greatest integer function , and f ( x) for
1 [ x ]2
sin [ x]
f ( x) 4 , then f (x) is : all x R.
[ x]
s
point locations
c
(c) continuous at x = 3/2. (d) discontinuous at x = 3/2.
ti
because
a
1 Statement 2 : g (x) is discontinuous at infinitely many
25. If | c | and f (x) is differentiable function at x = 0
m
2 point locations.
1 x c 1
t h e
a
b sin ; x0
a
28. Statement 1 : f (x) = sgn(x) , then y = | f (x) | is not
2 2
M m
continuous at x = 0
r
e a
where f ( x) 1/ 2 ; x0 , then
E
because
JE iv .S h
- t
Statement 2 : If y = g(x) is discontinuous at location
K
e ax / 2 1
IIT c .
1
je Er
L
; 0 x x = a , then y = | g (x) | is also discontinuous at x = a.
x
. 2
(a) a = 2
(b) 64b2 + c2 = 4 O b 29. Let f : R R be defined as
x 2 ; x 2
(c) a = 1 f ( x)
(d) 16b2 + c2 = 64 2 x ; x 2
Statement 1 : f (x) is non-differentiable at x = 2
because
Statement 2 : f (x) is not having a unique tangent at
Following questions are assertion and reasoning type x = 2.
questions. Each of these questions contains two
statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative max{g (t ) ; 0 t x} ; 0 x 4
30. Let f ( x) &
answers , only one of them is the correct answer. Select x 2 8 x 17 ; x4
the correct answer from the given options :
g(x) = sin x for all x [0 , ) .
(a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1. Statement 1 : f (x) is differentiable for all x [0 , )
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
because
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
Statement 1. Statement 2 : f (x) is continuous for all x [0 , ) .
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
(a) 10 (b) 8
Comprehension passage (1)
( Questions No. 1-3 ) (c) 9 (d) 6
2
are defined as f ( x) max 2 x(1 x) , x , ( x 1) 2
6. Value of ( x)dx is equal to
3
:
s
(c) 4 (d) 6 cot 1 ( x ) ; | x | 1
ic
t
7. Let f ( x) | x | 1 , then tot al
and are t he real roots of equation
a
2. If ; | x | 1
2 4
m
f ( x) g ( x) 0 , then value of ( ) is equal to :
e
number of locations which domain of f '( x) doesn't
h
(a) 2 (b) 1
t
contain is/are ..........
(c) 0 (d) 3
M a rm a xa ; 0 x 2
e a
8. Let f ( x) and
E
3. If the equation min { f (x) , g(x)} – = 0 is having
JE iv .S h
bx ; x2
- t
exactly four distinct real roots , then value of should
IIT c .K 1 tan x ; 0 x / 4
je Er
not be :
L
g ( x) .
. 3 cot x ; / 4 x
(a)
4
5
O b (b)
1
2 If f g ( x) is continuous at the location x
4
,
x x
12. Let f : R R be continuous quadratic function such that f ( x) 2 f f x 2 . If f (0) = 0 , then match the
2 4
following columns (I) and (II).
9
(a) Value of f ' is equal to
ics (p) 0
t
8
a
(b) Total number of points of non-differentiability for
m
e
y 1 | f ( x) 2 | is/are (q) 2
at h a
(c) If g ( x) min f (t ) ; 0 t x , where x 0 , 4 , (r) 4
then value of g '(3) is
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
- t
(d) Number of locations at which y = | f (x) | is (s) 6
II
non-differentiable is/are
T c .K
b je Er .L
O
11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (b)
16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (c)
26. (d) 27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (b)
ics
at
em
1. (c) 2. (b)
at h a
3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (c)
Ex
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
6. (b) 7. ( 3 ) 8. ( 8 ) 9. ( 0 ) 10. ( 3 )
11. (a) p , r , s
IIT -
c t
12. (a) r
.K
je Er .L
(b) p , r (b) s
(c) p , q , s
(d) p , r
O b
(c) p
(d) p
d2 y d2x
1. Let y = e2x , then 2 2 is equal to :
dx dy 2sin 2 x 2sin x 2
(a) (b)
(a) 1 (b) e–2x x cos y 2 x 2 cos y
–2x
(c) 2e (d) –2e–2x
sin x 2 2sin x 2
2. Let g(x) is reflection of f (x) about the line mirror (c) (d)
x cos y 2 x cos y 2
s
x12
c
y = x and f '( x ) , if g (3) a , then g '(3) is :
i
1 x2
t
ln (e / x 2 ) 3 2 ln x
a
2 12 8. Let y tan 1 2
tan 1 ; then
1 a a 1 6 ln x
ln (e x )
m
(a) (b)
1 a 2
e
a
h
d2y
t
1 a 2 a is :
a
(c) (d) dx 2
a
12 2
a 1 a
JE iv .S
2
1 d y dy (c) 2 (d) –1
3. Let x tan log e y and (1 x 2 ) ( 2 x )
- t
a dx 2 dx
IIT c .K
je Er L
9. Let f (x) be a polynomial function , then second
.
then ' ' is equal to :
derivative of f (ex) is :
(a) 2a
(c) a
O b (b) 3a
(d) – 4a (a) e 2 x f '( x) e x f "(e x ) (b) e x f ''( x) f "(e x )
2x 1 dy (a) –1 (b) 2
2
5. If y f and f '( x) sin x , then
1 x2 dx x 0
(c) 1 (d) 0
is :
t2
(a) sin2 (1) (b) –2 sin2 (1) 2 5
(c) 1 – cos 2 (d) 1 + cos(1)
11. Let f (x) be differentiable and x f ( x) dx 5 t ,
0
4
6. Second derivative of a sin 3 t w.r.t. a cos3 t at t then f is :
4 25
is :
4 2 2 5
(a) (b) 2 (a) (b)
3a 5 2
1 3 2 5
(c) (d) (c) – (d) 1
2a 4a 2
[ 83 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Differentiation
12. For an invertible function y = f (x) , value of 1 1
n
1
3/ 2 3/ 2
(d) g " g " n 4
2 2
r 1 (2 r 1)
2
dy 2 dx 2
1 1
dx dy
is : 17. Let f : R R be strictly increasing function for all
d2y d2x
x R and f "( x ) 2 f '( x ) f ( x ) 2e x , then which
dx 2 dy 2
of the following may be correct :
(a) 1 (b) 0 (a) | f (x) | = f (x) x R
s
(a) (9 , 16) (b) (9 , 15)
ic
(c) (d) 0
t
(c) (5 , 15) (d) (8 , 12)
m a
e
1
4 z 19. Let f (x) = sin–1 (sin x) and g(x) = cos–1 (cos x) for all
2
h
14. Let F ( x ) 2 F '( z ) dz , then value of
t
2
x 4 x R , then which of the following statements are
F '(4) is equal to :
M a rm a correct :
(a) f ' (7) = g ' (7) = 1 (b) f ' (2) + g ' (2) = 0
e a
64 32
(a)
9 E
JE iv .S
(b)
h 9 (c) f ' (–4) = g ' (–4) = –1 (d) f ' (e) = g ' (2e) = –1
IIT -
c t .K
je Er
64 32
(c)
.L
(d) 20. Let f (x) = cos2 (x + 1) – cos x . cos(x + 2) for all x R ,
b
3 3
then :
f ( x) ( x 2 1) k , where k N . 1 1
x ,
Statement 1 : If the equation f n ( x) 0 is having 10 2 2
distinct real roots for exactly one value of 'n' , then 'k'
equals to 9 24. Let f n ( x) exp f n 1 ( x) n N and
because f0 ( x ) x 0 , then
Statement 2 : A polynomial function of 'm' degree , n
d
where m N , vanishes after mth derivative. Statement 1 :
dx
fn ( x) f ( x)
i 1
i
s
23. Statement 1 : Let f ( x) cos1 (4 x3 3x) , then d3y
ic
0 at t = 0
t
dx 3
a
1 4
f ' 15
because
m
4 5
because
t h e Statement 2 :
dy d 2 y
0 at t = 0
a
dx dx 2
a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
[ 85 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Differentiation
3
5. Value of g ' is equal to :
2
1
1. With reference to f (x) , the incorrect statement is : (a) , e
e
(a) f (0) + f (2) = –12 (b) f (0) + f (3) –26
(b) [cos 1 , 2]
s
(c) f (1) + f (3) –26 (d) f (1) + f (2) = –14
c
(c) [sin 3 , sin 1]
ati
2. Let [x] represents the greatest integer which is just (d) (1 , )
m
less than equal to x , and , , are the roots of
e
[ ] 2[ ] 3[ ] is equal to :
at
f (x) = 0 , where , t hen value of
h a
(a) 18 (b) 15
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
- t
(c) 20 (d) 12
7. If x sec cos , y (sec )n (cos )n , where
IIT c .K
je Er .L 2
y2
b
3. If g ( x ) f ( x) , then total number of critical points dy
n N , and n 2 2 , then value of
O
for y g ( x ) are : dx x
( ) is equal to ..........
(a) 4 (b) 5
(c) 3 (d) 2
x3
8. Let f ( x) ( sin 6) x 2 (sin 4)( sin 8) x , and
3
Comprehension passage (2) f '(sin 8) K (sin 2 1)(sin 8)(sin 6) , then value of
( Questions No. 4-6 )
'K' is equal to ..........
12. Match the following columns for the function and their derivatives.
ics
(a) If f (x) = 2 tan–1x , then f ' (x) is :
at (p)
2
1 x 2
; | x | 1
em 2
h
; x0
t
(q)
1 x2
2x
(b) If f (x) = tan–1
M a rm a
, then f ' (x) is : (r)
2
; | x | 1
e a
1 x2 1 x2
E
JE iv .S h
IIT -
c t .K
je Er L
2x 2
.
(c) If f (x) = sin–1 , then f ' (x) is : (s) ; | x | 1
b
1 x2 1 x2
[ 87 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Differentiation
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (b)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (c)
ics
at
em
h
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (c)
Ex
6. (c) 7. ( 0 )
at a
8. ( 4 ) 9. ( 4 ) 10. ( 2 )
11. (a) r
E
12. (a) t
e M h arm
JE iv .S
t
(b) q (b) p , r
- K
IIT c .
(c) r (c) p , s
je Er .L
(d) s (d) q
O b
ics 4
t
(a) (0 , 0) (b) , 2
4 2 3
a
m
2. The equation of common tangent to the curves 11 4
e
(c) , 1 (d) , 2
h
y = 6 – x – x2 and xy = x + 3 is : 3 3
t
a
(a) 3x – y = 8 (b) 3x + y = 10
M m
(c) 2x + y = 4 (d) 3x + y = 7
E e ar y = | 1 – x2 | and y = | x2 – 3 | is given by :
JE iv .S
3. If 0 , t hen set of values of for which
h 4 3 3 2
- t
(a) tan 1 (b) sin 1
IIT c .K 7 7
je Er
e x x 0 has real roots is :
L
.
(a) 0 ,
1
e
O b 1
(b) , 1
e
7
(c) cos 1
9
7
(d) cos 1
9 2
(a) /2 (b) – /2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 2 3 4 (c) 3 /2 (d) –3 /2
[ 89 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Tangent and Normal
12. If a function is having horizontal tangent at origin then (c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
it holds the H-property , functions having H-property
are : (d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
1 2 1
x sin ; x 0 x sin ; x 0 16. Consider the curves C1 : y2 = 2x and C2 : y e | x| .
(a) y x (b) y x
0 ; x0 0 ; x0 Statement 1 : Curves 'C1' and 'C2' form an orthogonal
pair of curves
(c) y = x | x | (d) y = min{x2 , | x |}
because
13. Let a curve in parametric form be represented by Statement 2 : Curves 'C1' and 'C2' intersect each
2 3
x 3t , y 2t for all t R , then which of the other at only one point location
following lines are tangent to curve at one point and
normal at another point of curve ?
17. Let a (0 , 2) and b R , where
x 2
(a) 2x y 2 2 0 (b) y 1 0 2
2 4 9
D (a b) 2 2 a 2
b
x 2
(c) y 2 0 (d) x 2 y 2 0
2 2 Statement 1 : For given conditions on 'a' and 'b' , the
minimum value of 'D' is 8
s
14. Let f : R R and g : R [0 , ) be the functions because
tic
which are given by f (x) = kx and g(x) = | loge x |. If the Statement 2 : The minimum distance between the
a
equation f (x) – g (x) = 0 is having three distinct real
roots , then possible values of 'k' can be : curves xy = 9 and x2 + y2 = 2 is equal to 2 2 units.
1 1
em
h
18. Statement 1 : Let y = f (x) be polynomial function , and
t
(a) 2 (b)
e e
a
tangent at point A(a , f (a)) is normal to the curve of
M m
1 1
(c)
e 3
(d)
E
2
e ar (c , f (c)) exists for which f ' (c) = 0 , where c (a , b)
JE iv .S h
t
because
- K
IIT c .
15. Functions which are having vertical tangent at point
je Er L
Statement 2 : Product of the slopes of tangents to the
x = 1 are :
. curve y = f (x) at 'A' and 'B' is equal to –1 if tangents are
(a) f ( x) sgn( x 1)
(b) f ( x ) 3 x 1
O b not parallel to the axes.
[ 90 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
5. Area (in square units) of the triangle formed by normal
at ( , 0) , where 3 , with the co-ordinate axes is
equal to :
Comprehension passage (1) 1
( Questions No. 1-3 ) (a)
2
1
Consider the curve C1 : 5 x 5 10 x 3 x 2 y 6 0 . (b)
8
If the normal 'N' to curve C1 at point P(0 ,–3) (c) 1
meets the curve again at two points Q and R , then
answer the following questions. 1
(d)
4
1. Minimum area (in square units) of the circle passing
through the points Q and R is equal to : 6. Let g ( x) f ( x ) , where ( g '( x)) 2 g "( x).g ( x ) 0
(a) 5 (b) 4 is having exactly four distinct real roots , then
s
exhaustive set of values of ' ' belong to :
c
(c) 8 (d) 2
ati
2. With reference to line of normal 'N' , which of the
(a) ( –27 , 8)
(b) ( –24 , 4)
m
following statement is correct ?
e
(c) ( –32 , 0)
h
(a) line 'N' is tangential to curve C1 at point Q only.
t
(d) ( –20 , 32)
a
(b) line 'N' is tangential to curve C1 at point R only.
a
M rm
(c) line 'N' is tangential to curve C1 at both the points
e a
Q and R..
E
JE iv .S h
- t
(d) line 'N' is not tangential to curve C1 at either of the
point Q and R.
IIT c .K
je Er L
7. Let tangent at 't1' point to the curve C : y = 8t3 – 1 ,
b
3. Let the length of subtangents at the points Q and R
O
for the curve C1 be l1 and l2 respectively , where
l1
'C' , then value of 729(t1 )6 is equal to ..........
OQ > OR , 'O' being the origin , then is equal to : 8. Let any point 'P' lies on the curve y2 (3 – x) = (x – 1)3 ,
l2 where the distance of 'P' from the origin is 'r1' and
(a) 4 (b) 1 the distance of tangent at 'P' from the origin is 'r2' .
(c) 2 (d) 5 (r12 15)r22
If point P is (2 , 1) , then value of is
r12 1
Comprehension passage (2)
equal to ..........
( Questions No. 4-6 )
Let f : R R be defined as f ( x) ax3 bx 2 cx 27 , 9. Let l1 and l2 be the intercepts made on the x-axis
and y-axis respectively by tangent at any point of
where the curve of y = f (x) touches the x-axis at
point P(–3 , 0) and meets the y-axis at point Q. the curve x = a cos3 ; y b sin 3 , then the value
If f ' (0) = 9 , then answer the following questions.
l 2 l2
of 1 2 22 is .........
a b
4. If f ( ) = f ( ) = 0 and , then value of
[ ] [ ] is equal to : ([.] represents the greatest
10. Let chord PQ of the curve y 2 x 2 5 x 4 0 be
integer function)
tangential to curve y(1 – x) = 1 at the point R(2 , –1) , if
(a) 0 (b) 2 PR = RQ , then the least possible value of 4 is equal
(c) 5 (d) 10 to .........
[ 91 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Tangent and Normal
(b) If the acute angle of intersection of the curves x2 = 4ay and (q) 2
8a3
y , a R , is tan–1 ( ) , then ' ' is equal to
x 2 4a 2
(r) 1
(c) The length of subtangent at any point on the curve
y ae x / 3 is equal to (s) 5/4
ics
(d) If the slope of tangent , if exists , varies at every point of the
at
curve y max e x , 1 e x , k , then 'k' can be (t) 1/2
em
12. Match the following columns (I) and (II)
at h a
M m
Column (I) Column (II)
E e ar
JE iv .S h
(a) If the non-vertical common tangent of the curves xy = –1 (p) 1
- t
and y2 = 8x is line 'L' , then area (in square units) of the
IIT c .K
je Er L
triangle formed by line 'L' with the co-ordinate axes is
.
O b
(b) If the curves y = 1 – cos x , x and y
2
3
| x | (q) 1/2
(c) The area (in square units) of triangle formed by normal at (r) 4
sin y
the point (1 , 0) to the curve x e with coordinate axes
is :
(s) 2
2
(d) If the inequation 3 x | x | has at least one negative
solution , then the possible values of ' ' can be (t) – 4
[ 92 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (c)
Ex
6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (b)
16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (d) 20. (c)
ics
1. (a) 2. (c)
at
3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (b)
Ex
em
h
6. (c) 7. ( 8 ) 8. ( 9 ) 9. ( 1 ) 10. ( 1 )
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
(c) p (c) q
- t
(d) r , s , t (d) p , q , s
IIT c .K
b je Er .L
O
[ 93 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Rolle's Theorem & Mean Value Theorem
x ln x ; x 0
6. Let f ( x) , then value of ' '
0 ; x0
1. The tangent to curve of f (x) = (x + 1)2 at the point for which Rolle's theorem is applicable in
[0 , 1] is :
, f intersects the line joining 2 1
2 2 (a) (b)
3 2
, f ( ) and , f ( ) ; where and (c) 0 (d) 1/2
, R .
7. If 2a + 3b + 6c = 0 , then equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 is
ic
s having at least one root in the interval :
t
(a) on left of x (b) on right of x
2 2
a
(a) (1 , 2) (b) (–1 , 0)
(c) at no point (d) at infinite points
m
(c) (0 , 1) (d) (–1 , 1/2)
h e
2. If f (x) and g (x) are differentiable functions for all
t
8. Let f : [0 , 8] R is differentiable function , then for
a
x [0 , 1] such that f (0) = g (1) = 2 , g (0) = 0 and
a 8
M m
f (1) = 6 , then there exists some value of x (0 , 1) for
r
0 , 2 , f (t ) dt is equal to :
E e a
which :
JE iv .S h
0
-
c t K
(a) f '() g '() (b) f '() 4 g '()
T (a) 3 3 f ( 2 ) 3 f ( 2 ) .
II
e L.
j .
(c) f '() 2 g '() (d) f '() 3g '()
b Er (b) 3 3 f ( ) 3 f ( ) .
O
3. If 4(b + 3d) = 3(a + 2c) , then ax3 + bx2 + cx + d = 0 will
have at least one real root in :
1
(c) 3 2 f ( 3 ) 2 f ( 3 ) .
4. If Rolle's theorem is applicable to the function then quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 has :
x
2 (a) exactly two real roots in (0 , 2).
f ( x) et (t 2 2 ) dt on the interval [0 , 2] , then
0 (b) no root in (0 , 2).
' ' belongs to : (c) at least one root in (0 , 1).
(a) (– 4 , 4) – {0} (b) (–3 , 3) – {0} (d) at least one root in (1 , 2).
(c) (–1 , 1) – {0} (d) (–2 , 2) – {0}
10. If a b 2c 0 , where ac 0 , then the equation
5. Let f (x) be a differentiable function x R and ax 2 bx c 0 has
f (1) = –2 and f '( x) 2 x [1 , 6] , then f (6) is : (a) at least one root in (0 , 1)
(b) at least one root in (–1 , 0)
(a) more than 5 (b) not less than 5
(c) exactly one root in (0 , 1)
(c) more than 8 (d) not less than 8 (d) exactly one root in (–1 , 0)
s
8 4 (c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
tic (d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
a
(b) f (x) is continuous for x 0 , .
2
(c) Rolle's theorem is applicable on f (x) for
E M h arm
(d) Rolle's theorem is not applicable on f (x) for
e
f '( )
g '( )
1
JE iv .S
3 f ( ) f ( ) g ( ) g ( )
- t
x , .
4 8
IIT c .K
je Er .L because
b
13. Let f (x) be thrice differentiable function and
O
f (1) = 1 , f (2) = 8 and f (3) = 27 , then which of the Statement 2 : f ( ) f ( x) g ( ) g ( x) e2 x is
following statements are correct : continuous and differentiable function in R.
15. Let f (x) be a non-constant twice differentiable then f "(x) = 2 for all x (1 , 3)
function defined on R such that f (x) – f (4 – x) = 0
and f ' (1) = 0 , then : because
(a) f ' (x) vanishes at least thrice in [0 , 4]. Statement 2 : Function h(x) = f (x) – x2 is continous
(b) f "(x) vanishes at least twice in [0 , 4]. and differentiable for all x [1 , 3].
19. Statement 1 : Let f : [0 , 4] R be differentiable 21. If g (x) = f (x) . f " (x) + ( f ' (x))2 , then minimum number
function , then there exists some values of 'a' and 'b' of roots of y = g(x) in the interval x [ p , t ] are :
in (0 , 4) for which ( f (4))2 ( f (0))2 8 f '(a) f (b) (a) 8 (b) 4
because (c) 6 (d) 10
Statement 2 : Rolle's theorem is applicable for f (x)
in [0 , 4]. 22. If h (x) = f (x). f ''' (x) + f '(x). f '' (x) , then minimum
number of roots of y = h(x) in the interval x [q , t ]
20. Statement 1 : Let f (x) be twice differentiable function is/are :
and f " (x) < 0 x [a , b] , then there exists some
(a) 2 (b) 1
x x f ( x1 ) f ( x2 ) (c) 3 (d) 4
x1 , x2 in (a , b) for which f 1 2
2 2
2
23. If ( x) f "( x) f '( x ). f "'( x ) , then minimum
because
number of roots of y ( x) in the interval x [ p , s ]
Statement 2 : Lagrange's mean value theorem is is/are :
applicable for f (x) in [a , b].
(a) 1 (b) 2
at
m
Comprehension passage (1)
( Questions No. 21-23 )
t h e
a
Let f (x) be thrice differentiable function such that
a
f (p) = f (t) = 0 , f (q) = f (s) = 4 and f (r) = –1 , where
E e M h arm
t > s > r > q > p , then answer the following questions.
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (d)
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
(a) constant function. (b) non-monotonous. (b) odd function and strictly decreasing in ( , ) .
(c) strictly increasing. (d) non-decreasing. (c) even function and strictly decreasing in ( , ) .
(d) neither even nor odd but strictly increasing in
s
( , ) .
c
x2
i
2
2. If ( x) 3 f f (3 x ) x (3 , 4) , where
3
at
m
f " (x) > 0 x (3 , 4) , then ( x ) is : 7. If tan( cos ) cot( sin ) , where 0 , and
e
2
t h
3
(a) increasing in , 4 (b) decreasing in (–3 , 3) f ( x) (sin cos ) x , then f (x) is :
a a
2
M m
(a) increasing for all x R.
3
E e ar
(c) increasing in , 0 (d) decreasing in (0 , 3) (b) decreasing for all x R.
2
JE iv .S h
- t
(c) strictly decreasing for all x R.
IIT c .K
je Er
(d) non-increasing for all x R.
x 2 1
.L
b
2
3. Let f ( x) e t dt , then f (x) increases for : x2 x2
O
8. Let f ( x) and g ( x) ,
x2 2 2 cos 2 x 6 x 6sin x
(a) x (2, ) (b) x R where x (0 , 1) , then :
(c) x R (d) x R (a) both f ( x ) and g ( x ) are increasing.
4. Let f (x) be twice differentiable function and (b) f ( x ) is increasing and g ( x ) is decreasing.
f " (x) < 0 x R , then g (x) = f (sin2x) + f (cos2x) , (c) f ( x ) is decreasing and g ( x ) is increasing.
where | x | / 2 , increases in : (d) both f ( x ) and g ( x ) are decreasing.
(a) 0, (b) , 0 9. If f ( x) (k 2) x 3 3kx 2 9kx 1 is decreasing
2 2
function for all x R , then exhaustive set of values of
'k' is given by
(c) 0 , (d) ,
4 4 4
(a) [–3 , –2] (b) ( , 3]
5. Let function f (x) is defined for all real x and (c) ( , 3) (d) [0 , )
f (0) = 1 , f ' (0) = – 1 , f (x) > 0 x R , then
(a) f " (x) > 0 x R 10. If f ( x) 2e x ae x (2 a 1) x 3 is increasing for
f ( x1 ) f ( x2 ) x x
(c) f 1 2
2 2
11. Let f (x) and g(x) be differentiable functions for all
real values of x. If f '( x) g '( x ) and f ' (x) g '( x)
f 1 ( x1 ) f 1 ( x2 ) x x
(d) f 1 1 2
holds for all , x ( , 2) and x (2 , ) 2 2
respectively , then which of the following statements
are always true ?
s
(a) for at least one x in interval
ic
[1 , ) , f (x + 2) – f (x) < 2 (b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
m
x
e
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
(c) for all x in the interval [1 , ) , f (x + 2) – f (x)> 2
at h a
(d) f ' (x) is strictly decreasing in the interval [1 , )
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
e a
13. Let 'S' be the set of real values of x for which the
E
JE iv .S h
inequality f (1 – 5x) < 1 – f (x) – f 3 (x) holds true. f (x) = 2x + sin x , then function is injective in nature
- t
If f (x) = 1 – x3 – x for all real x , then set 'S' because
IIT c .K
je Er L
contains :
.
Statement 2 : For a differentiable function in domain
b
'D' , if f ' (x) > 0 , then function is injective in nature.
3 1
O
(a) , (b) (e , )
2 2
17. Consider the function f (x) = | x | for all x R .
(c) ( 2 , 2) (d) ( 3 , 2) Statement 1 : If 0 , then
f ( ) f ( )
f
x3 2 2
14. Let f ( x) 2 x 2 x cot 1 x ln 1 x 2 x R.
3
because
If 'S' denotes the exhaustive set of values of x for
which f ( x ) is strictly increasing , then set 'S' contains: Statement 2 : for all x R , f '( x) and f "( x) are
negative.
(a) [–2 , –1] (b) [0 , 2]
(c) [5 , 10] (d) [2 , 3] 18. Consider the function
f (x) = 2 sin3 x – 3 sin2 x + 12 sin x + 5 for all x R.
15. Let f (x) be monotonically increasing function for all Statement 1 : f (x) is increasing in nature for all
x R and f " (x) is non-negative , then which of the
following inequations hold true :
x 0 , .
2
f ( x1 ) f ( x2 ) x x
(a) f 1 2 because
2 2
Statement 2 : y = sin x is increasing in nature for all
1 1
f ( x1 ) f ( x2 ) x x2
(b) f 1 1 x 0 ,
2 2 2
because because
Statement 2 : Inverse function of an increasing Statement 2 : f ' (x) vanishes at least once in (a , b) if
concave up graph is convex up graph. f " (x) > 0 x (a , b).
21. Match the following functions in column (I) with their monotonic behaviour in column (II).
ics
t
x2
f ( x) et (t 2 5t 4) dt.
a
(a) (p) increasing in (2 , )
0
(b) f ( x) e x x
em (q) decreasing in (–1 , 0)
(c) 2
f ( x) | x 2 x |
at h a
(r) decreasing in ( , 2)
M m
x (1 x )
(d) f ( x) xe (s) increasing in (0 , 1)
E e ar
JE iv .S h
- t
22. Let f (x) be differentiable function such that f ' (x) 2 f ( x ) x R where R and f (1) = 0. If f (x) is non-
IIT c .K
je Er .L
negative for all x 1 and f (x) is non-positive for all x 1 , then match the following columns for the functioning
b
values and their nature.
Column (I)
O Column (II)
16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (c)
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
s
(c) f '(3) and f '(1) don't exist. (c) K 2 6 (d) K 2 4
c
2
K2
i
K
t
(d) x = 0 is not a critical point.
| x 2 | 1 ;
m
x2a 7. If f (x) = | 1 – x | and g (x) = | x2 – 2 | , then number of
e
2. Let f ( x) , then critical location(s) for composite function f g ( x)
h
1 ; x2
t
is/are :
(a) | f ( x)| is discontinous at x = 2.
(b) f (| x |) is differentiable at x = 0.
M a rm a (a) 0 (b) 6
e
(c) 7 (d) 5
E
JE iv .S
(c) local maxima exists for f (x) at x = 2.
h a
IIT -
c t .K ( x 2) 3 ; 3 x 1
je Er L
(d) local minima exists for f | x | at x = 0.
.
8. Let f ( x) , then the local
2/3
b
x ; 1 x 2
O
3. Minimum value of function f ( x ) max x , x 1, 2 x , maxima exists at :
is (a) x = 0 (b) x = 1
(a) 1/2 (b) 3/2 3
(c) x = –1 (d) x
(c) 0 (d) 1 2
4. Let f ( x) min 1 , cos x , 1 sin x x , , 9. Let 'P' be any point on the curve x2 + 3y2 + 3xy = 1 and
'O' being the origin , then minimum value of OP is :
then f (x) is :
2 2
(a) differentiable at x (a) (b)
2 2 13 2 3
(b) non-differentiable at x = 0 2 2
(c) (d)
4 13 3
(c) having local maxima at x
2
(d) having local minima at x = 0
2 | x 2 5 x 6 | ; x 2
10. If f ( x) , then range of
5. If , R, then minimum value of a2 1 ; x 2
x
t
11. Let function f ( x)
t (e 1)(t 1)(t 2)3 (t 3)5 dt ,
1
s
tan x cot x tan x cot x
c
17. Let f ( x) , then
i
(d) one point of inflection in 0 , 2 2
2
at n
m
(a) f (x) is discontinuous at x ; nI
e
2
h
x2
t
13. Let x N and f ( x) , n
then maximum
3 (b) f (x) is non-differentiable at x ; nI
a
200 x
a
4
M rm
value of f (x) is equal to :
n
- t
(a) (b)
T c .K
543
II
712
je Er L
(d) f (x) has local minima at x (2n 1) ; n I
. 4
b
57 58
(c) (d)
O
628 625
18. f (x) is cubic polynomial which has local maxima
at x = –1. If f (2) = 18 , f (1) = – 1 and f '(x) has local
x
14. Let f (x) = (a – 1) x + (a2 – 3a + 2) cos , then set of minima at x = 0 , then
2
(a) The distance between (–1 , 2) and (a , f (a)) ,
all values of 'a' for which f (x) doesn't possess any
critical point is : where x = a is the point of local minima is 2 2
(d) (0 , 1) (1 , 4)
2 | x 2 6 x 8 | ; x 4
19. Let f ( x) 2 , then
15. The maximum value of t he funct ion (a 2) ; x4
3 2 (a) f ' (3) = 0.
f ( x) 2 x 15 x 36 x 48 on t he set ,
s
(d) f ' f '
4 value at x .
c
4
i
2
at x3 1 1 2
23. Let f ( x) x tan x ln (1 x ) for all x R
m
3 2
M a rm a because
e a
Statement 2 : y f ( x) is having exactly one point of
E
JE iv .S h
Following questions are assertion and reasoning type
- t
1
IIT c .K
questions. Each of these questions contains two inflection which lies in 0 , .
je Er L
2
.
statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
b
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
O
answers , only one of them is the correct answer. Select 24. Consider f ( x) sin | x | x [2 , 2 ]
the correct answer from the given options :
Statement 1 : For y = f (x) , local maximum and local
(a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and minimum values can be equal
Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
because
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
Statement 2 : There exists exactly two points of
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
inflection for y = f (x).
Statement 1.
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
25. Statement 1 : If x , y R and satisfy the condition
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true. x2 + y2 + 99 = 4(3x + 4y) , then minimum value of
log3 (x2 + y2) is 4
because
Statement : maximum value of (x 2 + y2) is 121.
s
in the incircle of triangle OPQ is equal to :
c
(b) x = 0 is the location of point of inflection.
(a)
32
9 4 2
(b)
12
5 2 5
ati (c) x = 0 is the location of local minima.
m
2
(d) x
e
9 16 is the location of local minima.
3
h
(c) (d)
t
12 5 73 5
M
2. Tot al number of solutions of the equation
a rm a
Comprehension passage (3)
( Questions No. 7-9 )
f ( x) sin
x 0 is/are : E e
JE iv .S h a Let the fixed points A , B , C and D lie on a straight line
- t
4
T c K
such that AB = BC = CD = 2 units. The points A and
II .
je Er .L
(a) Infinitely many (b) 0 C are joined by a semi-circle of radius 2 units , where
b
'P' is variable point on the semicircle such that
(c) 1 (d) finitely many
O
PBD . If 'R' is the region bounded by the line
(a) 2 (b) 1 7. Maximum area (in square units) of the region 'R' is
equal to :
(c) 4 (d) 3
3 5
(a) 2 2 (b) 2
Comprehension passage (2) 2 3
( Questions No. 4-6 )
4 4
(c) 2 3 (d) 4 3
Let function f :RR be defined as 3 3
8. Maximum perimeter of the region 'R' is equal to :
1
f ( x) x 4 3 x 2 , where ' ' is non-zero
2
(a) 4 2 2 units.
real parameter , then answer the following questions. 3
s
11. If the location of local minima of f ( x) 2 x x3 1
c
and area of triangle OPQ is 'A' square units , then
em
positive integral value of ' ' is equal to ..........
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
16. Match the following Columns (I) and (II)
Column (I) Column (II)
(a) If three sides of trapezium are of equal length 3/5 units (p) 1
and its area is maximum , then perimeter of trapezium is :
(b) If x , and f (x) = p sin2x + sin3x is having (q) 0
2 2
exactly one location of local minima , then value(s) of
'p' can be : (r) 2
(c) Number of points of inflection in , for the
2 2
function f ( x ) cos 2 x is/are (s) 3
(d) If f ( x) |1 x | | x 3 | x [0 , 5] , then global
minima exists at x equal to : (t) –1/2
17. Let f (x) = x2 – bx + c , where b is odd positive integer and f ( x ) 0 is having two distinct roots which are prime
numbers. If b + c = 23 , then match the following columns (I) and (II).
18. Match the functions of column (I) with their corresponding behaviour in column (II).
(a) If f ( x) x 4 4 x 3 2 , x ( 1 , 4) , then (p) f (x) has exactly one point of local maxima.
s
(b) If f ( x) x2 / 3 ( x 5) , x 2 , 4 , then (q) f (x) has exactly one point of local minima.
1
tic
a
x
(c) If f ( x) , x 0 , , then (r) f (x) has exactly one point of inflection.
1 x tan x
m
2
(d) f ( x)
x3 1
t h e
x cot 1 x ln(1 x 2 ) , x , , (s) f (x) has no critical point.
a
3 2
a
M m
then (t) f (x) has exactly two points of inflection.
E e ar
JE iv .S h
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (d)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (b)
ics
t
®
m a
1. (d) 2. (c)
t h e
3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (b)
Ex
6. (b) 7. (c)
M a rm a
8. (d) 9. (b) 10. ( 8 )
E e
JE iv .S h a
- t
11. ( 4 ) 12. ( 5 ) 13. ( 4 ) 14. ( 9 ) 15. ( 4 )
IIT c .K
je Er .L
16. (a) s 17. (a) s 18. (a) q , t
(b) p , t
(c) r
(d) p , r , s
O b
(b) q
(c) q
(d) p , r , t
(b) p , q , r
(c) q
(d) p , q , r
( x( x 2 1) 2)
1. Value of x dx is : (a) tan 1 (e x e x ) c
2
1 x x3
(b) tan 1 (e x e x ) c
2 3 2
(a) x x 1 c . (b) x x3 1 c .
x2 x
(c) tan 1 (e2 x e2 x ) c
1 3 2
(c) x x 1 c . (d) 1 x x3 c .
x x (d) tan 1 (e x e x ) c
ics
t
(sin x cos x)dx
a
f (2) = f ' (2) = 4 , then f 2 (4) g 2 (4) is equal to : 7. (sin x cos x) sin x cos x sin 2 x cos2 x
is equal
em (d) 64 to :
3. If f ( x)dx F ( x) , then
a th a
x3 f ( x 2 )dx equals to : (a) cot 1 sin 2 2 x sin x c
(a)
1 2
x ( F ( x ))2 ( F ( x))2 dx
E e M ha m
r
-J tiv K.S
2 (b) cot 1 sin 2 2 x 2sin 2 x c
E
IIT c .
1 2
e L
x F ( x 2 ) F ( x 2 )d ( x 2 )
j .
(b)
2
r
(c) tan 1 sin 2 2 x 2sin x c
Ob E
1 2 1
x F ( x) ( F ( x)) 2 dx
(c)
2 2 (d) tan 1 sin 2 2 x sin x c
1 2
(d) x F ( x 2 ) F ( x 2 )d ( x 2 )
2 dx
8. x n
(1 x n )1/ n
is equal to :
4. Let f ( x ) be strictly increasing function satisfying
f (0) 2 , f '(0) 3 and f "( x ) f ( x ) , then f (4) n 1
xn n
is equal to : (a) (1 n) n c
8 8 x 1
5e 1 5e 1
(a) 4 (b)
2e 2e 4 n 1
4 4 1 xn n
2e 2e (b) c
(c) 8 (d) 8 ( n 1) 1 x n
5e 1 5e 1
( x 2 sin 2 x) 1 n
5. If f '( x) 2
sec 2 x ; f (0) 0 , then f (1) 1 xn n
1 x (c) c
(1 n) x n 1
is equal to :
(a) 1 (b) 1 n 1
4 4 1 xn 1 n
(d) c
(1 n) x n
(c) tan1 (d) none of these
4
( x a 2 x2 )n ( x 2 1)dx
9. dx is equal to : 15. 1 1 x2
is equal to :
a 2 x2 4 2
( x 3 x 1) tan
x
( x x 2 a 2 )n
(a) C 1 1
n
(a) ln tan x c (b) ln tan 1 x c
x x
( x x 2 a 2 ) n 1
(b) C
(n 1)
1 2
(c) ln tan 1 x c (d) ln tan 1 x c
2 2 n 1 x x
(x x a )
(c) C
(n 1)
(d) none of these
x3 x
10.
x 6
1
dx is equal to :
xn
16. Let y 2 x2 x 1 and In dx , if
1 x4 x2 1 1 x4 x2 1 y
(a) ln c (b) ln c
s
8 (1 x 2 )2 6 (1 x 2 )2
c
I 3 I 2 I1 yx 2 , then :
1
(c) ln
x4 x 2 1
c (d) none of these
ati (a) 2 0 (b) 4
m
4 (1 x 2 ) 2 (c) 2 8 (d) 1
t h e
a
ex
a
3
(x x2 6
x) 17. Let f ( x) dx and
M m
11. dx is equal to : x
r
3
E ive .Sh
x (1 x)
J E a e x 1 .2 x
IIT ct .L.K
dx f ( x 4) f ( x 1) , then :
-
3 2/ 3
(a) ( x) tan 1 ( x 6 ) c x2 5 x 4
je Er
2
(a) ln 3 3 (b) 4 3 ln 3
b
3 2/ 3 1 1/ 6
(b) ( x) 6 tan ( x ) c
O
(c) 3 2 0 (d) ln 3 3 ln 8
2
3 2/ 3
(c) ( x) tan 1 ( x1/ 6 ) c x 3 dx
2 18. Let f ( x) , where f ( 2) 0 , then
(d) none of these 1 x2
which of the following statements are incorrect ?
( x 2 1)dx A B C
12. If x 3
6 x 2 11x 6
ln | ( x 1) .( x 2) .( x 3) | k
(a) f (1)
2
(b) f ( 5) 6
then 4(A + B + C) is : 3
cs
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
ti
answers , only one of them is the correct answer. Select Statement 2 : tan(tan 1 ( g ( x)) g ( x) x R.
a
the correct answer from the given options :
m
(a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
e
(e3x e x )dx
Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1. tan 1 ( f ( x)) c ,
h
25. Statement 1 : If
e4 x e2 x 1
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
at a
where 'c' is integrat ion constant , then
Statement 1.
JE iv .S
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false. because
IIT -
c t .K
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true. Statement 2 : y = f (x) and y = tan–1x are both odd
je Er .L functions.
O b
21. Let f ( x) sin 6 x cos 6 x x R , and g ( x)
dx
f ( x)
,
where g 0. Comprehension passage (1)
4
( Questions No. 26-28 )
3
Statement 1 : tan g 2 ( x 3 x 1)
8 Consider the indefinite integral I dx.
x2 2 x 2
because
dx
If I f ( x) x 2 2 x 2 , where
Statement 2 : all possible values of f (x) lies in [1/4 , 1]. x 2x 22
/2
31. Value of 10 I10 I 2 n is equal to :
1 n0
Let I n x . sin n x dx f (n) I n 2 , where
n2
0 147 159
(a) (b)
n N , then answer the following questions. 120 120
137 149
29. Value of f (4) is equal to : (c) (d)
120 120
2 5
(a) (b)
3 4
3 5
(c) (d)
s
4 3
tic
m a
t h e
M a rm a
E e
JE iv .S h a
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (c)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (a)
26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (c) 30. (b)
31. (c)
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
s
0
c
(d) I2 = 4I1
ti
4
sin( x / 2)
a
x 4 2 x
dx is equal to :
m
2. Let f : (0, ) R and F ( x ) f (t ) dt , if 4 2
e
0 (a) 2I (b) –I
F(x2) = (1 + x)x2 , then f (16) is equal to :
(a) 4 (b) 8
a th a
(c) I (d) I/2
(c) 7 (d) 9
E e M ha rm x
ln t
-J tiv K.S
8. For x > 0 , let f ( x) dt , then
E 1 t
T c
x 1 1
II
e L.
f (t ) dt x t f (t )dt , then value of f (1) is :
j Er
3. If
. 1
b
0 x y 2 f ( x) f is differentiable for :
O
x
1
(a) (b) 0
2 (a) x R (b) x R
1 (c) x R /{1} (d) x R /{e}
(c) 1 (d) –
2
5 2/3
4. Let f (x) be periodic function with fundamental 2 2
x x T
9. Let I1 exp(( x 5) ) dx & I exp((3x 2) ) dx ,
4
2
1/ 3
2
period 'T' and f (t )dt x t f (t )dt , then
0 x
then I1 + 3I2 is equal to :
(a) e (b) 3e
f (T–1) is equal to :
(c) 2e (d) 0
1
(a) 2 (b) –
2
10. If f ( x) is continuous function for all x R ,
(c) –2 (d) 1
1 cos 2 t
x
x2
I1 x f ( x(2 x)) dx and
5. The number of solutions of x ln t dt 0
3
, where sin t 2
1 cos 2 t
I1
x R , is/are : I2 f ( x(2 x )) dx , then
I2
is equal to :
sin 2 t
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 3 (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
/ 2
e|sin x| .cos x 2
12. (1 e tan x
)
dx is equal to :
1
18. The least value of F ( x ) log3t dt x , 4
/ 2
x
10
(a) e + 1 (b) 1 – e
is equal to :
(c) e – 1 (d) none of these
(a) log3e 2log3 2 (b) 1 log 3 2
cs
/ 4
1 2 ln 2
i
n (c) (d) log 2 3 1
t
13. If I n tan x dx n N , then
ln 3
a
0
m
(a) I1 = I3 + 2I5
e
(b) In + In–2 =
1
n
at h a
19. If I n e x x n 1dx and R then e x x n 1 dx is
0
0
M m equal to :
(c) In + In – 2 =
1
E e ar
JE iv .S h
n 1 In
(a) I n (b)
- t
IIT c .K
je Er L
(d) none of these
.
In
b
(c) (d) n I n
14. If f (x) is periodic function with fundamental period n
b 2T b
O
'T' and f (x) is also an odd function , then value of
20. If {x} represents the fractional part of x , and
f ( x )dx f ( x)dx is equal to : 3
8 7
a T a I x {x }dx , then value of I is equal to :
3
(a) 1 (b) 2
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) T (d) 0
(c) 37 (d) 316
sin x sin 3 x
15. If I
0
x
dx , then
2
0
x
dx is equal to : /2
1
/2
x
2
21. If ln(sin x ) dx ln
2 2
, then sin x dx
0 0
(a) (b)
2 4 is equal to :
(c) 1 (d) 0
(a) ln 2
2
1 1
2 2
16. If 2 x 2 e x dx e x dx , then value of is :
(b) 2 ln 2
0 0
equal to :
1 1 1 1
(b) f and f
2 2 3 3
a2 a
(a) 2
2
f ( x) dx (b) 2 f ( x) dx
0
1 1 1
(c) f and f
1
2 2 3 3
2a a
(c) 2
0
f ( x ) dx
(d) 4 f ( x / 2) dx
0
1 1 1 1
(d) f and f
2 2 3 3
(a) 4 (b) 2
/4 /4
t
( g ( x)) f ( x ) dx & I 4 sec2 x.( g ( x )) g ( x ) dx,
I3
a
0 0 28. Let [.] represents the greatest integer function and
em
then :
h
(a) I1 > I2 > I3 > I4 (b) I4 > I3 > I1 > I2 I [cot x]dx, then value of [I] is equal to :
(b) 1
JE iv S
a a
- t K.
c
24. Let I1 f (2a x)dx , I T
f ( x )dx , then
I .
2
I
e
j Er .L
0 0 29. Interval containing the value of definite integral
b
5
2a 5
O ( x i ) dx is given by :
f ( x)dx is equal to :
0 1 i 1
(a) 2I1 – I2 (b) I1 – I2
5
(c) I1 + I2 (d) I1 + 2I2 (a) 0, (b) ,
2 8 4
25. Let p I , {x} = x – [x] , where [.] represents greatest
2
(c) 0, (d) ,
p 8 2 2
integer function , then value of ( x [ x]) dx is equal
0
1 1 2
(c)
2
[ p 2 ] { p 2 }2 (d)
2
[ p ] { p2} 1
2
x f ( x) dx 2 , 1 then number of possible
26. Let f be a non-negative function defined on interval 0
x x
function(s) f (x) is/are :
[0 , 1]. If
1 ( f '(t ))2 dt f (t )dt , 0 x 1 , (a) 0 (b) 2
0 0
(c) 1 (d) infinite
and f (0) = 0 , then :
51
(c) 3 f 1 (4) f 1 (2) 2 f 1 (5) 0 .
(a)
1
f ( x)dx (b) 125
6
52 46
(d) f ( x)dx 5 f (1) .
1
(c) f ( x)dx
2
(d) f ( x)dx.
4
s
only two distinct real roots ' ' and ' ', where ,
c
statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
i
then :
t
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
a
answers , only one of them is the correct answer. Select
m
1
(a)
( f ( x) f ( x ))dx 2 2 . the correct answer from the given options :
M a rm a
(c) If g ( x) f ( x) f 1 ( x ) 2 x , then g'(x) = 0 has
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
E e
JE iv .S
at least one real root in ( , ).
h a Statement 1.
IIT -
c t .K
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
je Er
(d) Minimum degree 'n' of f (x) is 5.
b
n n 1
n
O
n 36. Statement 1: Let f ( x) | x | 2 1 for all | x | 3
33. Let Sn n
k 1
2
kn k 2
& Tn 2
k 0 n kn k
2
,
2
for n = 1 , 2 , 3, .... , then
then f ( x)dx 0
2
(a) Sn (b) Sn
3 3 3 3 because
Statement 2 : If f (x) is odd continuous function , then
(c) Tn (d) Tn
3 3 3 3 a
1/ 2 because
1
(c)
1/ 2
f x sin xdx 0
2 1
Statement 2 : f ( x ) is increasing in 0, and
2
1/ 2 1
(d) f (t )esin t dt f (1 t ) esin t dt 1
decreasing in ,1 .
0 1/ 2 2
[ 117 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
38. Statement 1 : Let f : R R be a continuous function because
and f (x) = f (2x) x R. If f (1) = 3 , then value
Statement 2 : 1 , 2 , 3 , ...... are in H.P..
1
x
of f ( f ( x))dx 6
1
40. Statement 1 : Let f ( x) t 3 (t 2 4)(et 1)dt , then
0
because
f (x) has local maxima at location of x = 0
Statement 2 : f (x) is constant function.
because
1
Statement 2 : x 0, 2 are the critical locations for
39. Statement 1 : Let I n x n tan 1 x dx, if
f (x).
0
n I n 2 n I n n n N , then 1 , 2 , 3 , ......
are in A.P.
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
2
4. Value of ln ( f ( x) | sin x |) dx is equal to :
2
s
c
(a) ,1 (b) ,
4 2
12 2 6
ati (c) ( x ) has local minima at location of x = 0
m
(c) , (d) 0,
e
6 4 2 12 2
a th a 6. Value of
3
( x 2 1) dx
is equal to :
M
1 2ln ( f ( x ))
m
1 1
r
2. If I 2 tan dx, then value of 'I2' is : 3
E ive .Sha
1 f ( x)
1
J E (a) 0 (b) 6
IIT ct .L.K
(a) greater than 2 tan (2) –1
- (c) 12 (d) 3
je Er
(b) greater than tan–1 (2)
(c) less than tan–1 (2)
(d) less than tan–1 (1)
O b Comprehension passage (3)
( Questions No. 7-9 )
1
then value of f (e37 ) is equal to ............
b 57
x
(b) 3 1 ( f ( x)) dx bf (b) af (a)
2
a 12. Let f ( x ) be continuous and twice differentiable
b function for all values of x and f ( ) 2, if
x
(c) 3 ( f ( x)) 1 dx bf (b) af (a)
2
a
( f ( x) f "( x)) sin x dx 6,
0
then value of f (0) is
b
x equal to ..........
(d) 3 1 ( f ( x)) dx bf (b) af (a)
a
2
s
1
5 x3 cos 4 x.sin x
ic (
I dx , then value of [I] is equal
9. g '( x)dx is equal to :
t
2
3 x 3x 2 )
a
1 0
at a
x
f ( x) x 2 e t f ( x t )dt , then value of
1
M
f (3) is
rm 2
e a
0
E
JE iv .S h equal to ..........
- t
T c .K
ln x dx
II
15. Let ' ' and ' ' be two distinct real roots of the
je Er
10. Let R and
f ( ) ,
L
where
. x x 2
2
b
0 1
16. Match Column (I) and (II) , where [.] represent greatest integer function.
3
(b) x | x | dx.
3
(q) 1
1/ 2
sin 1 ( x )
(c)
1/ 2
1 x2
dx (r) 2
1
4 1
(d) min{| x 1 |,| x 1 |} dx
1
(s)
3
a a
(b) If f (2a–x) = – f (x) , then
0
f ( x)dx is
(q) 2 f ( x )dx.
0
a 2a
(c) If f (–x) = f (x) , then f ( x)dx is (r) 2 f ( x)dx
a
a
a a
(d) If f (–x) = – f (x) , then
a
f ( x)dx is (s) f ( x)dx.
2a
ics
Column (I)
at Column (II)
em
h
1 1 1 1
t
(a) If Sn .... , (p) –2
2n 4n2 1 4n 2 4 4n 1
then lim Sn is
M a rm a
e a
n
E
JE iv .S h
IIT -
c t K
(b) If f ( x ) is bijective in nature for all x [a , b] ,
.
(q) 2
( f ( x))
2
b je Er .L 2
O
f (a) dx
a
then f (b )
is (r)
2
x f 1 ( x ) b dx
f ( a)
1/ n
n1 r
(c) lim
n
r 1
sin
2n
is equal to (s)
6
4
1
(d)
0
| x 2 | 1 1 dx is (t)
2
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (b)
16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (a) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (c)
26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (a)
36. (b) 37. (b) 38. (a) 39. (c) 40. (d)
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
1. (c) 2. (b)
JE iv .S 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (c)
IIT -
c t .K
je Er L
Ex
6. (c) 7. (b)
. 8. (a) 9. (d) 10. ( 8 )
11. ( 2 )
O b
12. ( 4 ) 13. ( 3 ) 14. ( 9 ) 15. ( 0 )
ics (a)
1
(b)
1
t
2. Area (in sq. units) of region bounded by y = 2 cos x , 2 4 4 4
y = 3 tan x and y-axis is :
m a (c)
1
(d)
1
e
2 3 4 2 4 8
(a) 1 3 ln (b) 1 ln 3 3 ln 2
h
t
3 2
a
8. Let f (x) be continuous function such that the area
3 3
a
M m
(c) 1 ln 3 ln 2 (d) ln bounded by curve y = f (x) , x-axis and two ordinates
2
E e
2
ar a2 a
h
JE iv .S
x = 0 and x = a is sin a cos a , where
- t
2 2 2
T c K
.
3. Let f ( x) 4 |10 x | , then area (in sq. units)
II
je Er .L
bounded by f (x) with x-axis is :
b
a R , then f is :
(a) 32 (b) 16
O
2
(c) 64 (d) 8
1 2
(a) (b)
4. Let the slope of tangent to curve y = f (x) at (x , f (x)) 2 8 4
is 1 – 2x and curve passes through point (2 , – 2). If
1 2 1
32 (c) (d)
area bounded by curve and line y x is square 2 4
3
units , then value of ' ' is :
9. If area of the region bounded by the curve y e x
(a) –3 (b) – 3 or 5 and the lines x(y – e) = 0 is 'A' square units , then
(c) –5 (d) 3 or 5 incorrect value of 'A' is given by :
e e
5. Area bounded by | y | = x and x | y | 2 is equal (a) ln(e 1 y) dy (b) ln y dy
to : 1 1
22 20 1
(a) sq. units. (b) sq. units. y
3 3
(c) e e dy
0
(d) e – 1
16 14
(c) sq. units. (d) sq. units.
3 3 10. The area (in square units) bounded by curves
6. Area (in square units) bounded by the curves y x 2 2 and y cos x 2 | x | is equal to :
f ( x) max 2 | x 2 | , 3 | x 2 | and 1 2 8 4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
g ( x) min 2 | x 2 | , 3 | x 2 | is given by : 3 3 3 3
11. If point 'P' moves inside the triangle formed by 16. The area of the region between the curves
A (0 , 0) , B (1 , 3 ) and C (2 , 0) such that 1 1
1 sin x 2 1 sin x 2
min PC , PB, PA 1 , then area (in square units) y and y bounded by the
cos x cos x
bounded by the curve which is traced by moving
point 'P' is given by :
lines x = 0 and x is :
4
(a) 3 (b) 2 3 2 1 2 1
2 2 4t dt 4t dt
(a) 2
(1 t ) 1 t 2
(b) (1 t 2 ) 1 t 2
3 0 0
(c) 3 (d)
2 2 1 2 1
t dt t dt
(c)
0
2
(1 t ) 1 t 2
(d)
0 (1 t ) 1 t 2
2
s
0 and the lines x ln , x ln 2 is given by :
c
2
(c)
56 12
3 ln 2
(d)
64
2
3 ln 2
ati (a) ln
8
m
3
2 a rm a
y – x = sinx and its inverse function , satisfying the
M
(c) ln
3 3
8
e
condition x 2 x 0 , is given by :
E
JE iv .S h a (d) ln 3 3 ln 2
t
(a) 8 (b) 16
- K
(c) 2
IIT c
je Er L.
(d) none of these
.
18. Let point 'P' moves in the plane of a regular hex-
b
agon such that the sum of the squares of its distances
O
from the vertices of the hexagon is 24 square units.
2
If the radius of circumcircle of the hexagon is 1 units ,
2
14. If e d , then area bounded by the curve then the area (in square units) bounded by the locus
1 of point 'P' is equal to :
x ln y and the lines x 0 , y e and y e4 is (a) (b) 2
equal to : (c) 3 (d) 6
(a) e 4 e
19. Area (in square units) bounded by the curves
(b) 2e 4 e y = | x –2 | and y(x2 – 4x + 5) – 2 = 0 is given by :
8 1
(d) value of 'A' is equal to 16 1 log2 x 2 dx
1
Following questions are assertion and reasoning type
questions. Each of these questions contains two
22. Let An be the area bounded by the curve y = (tan x)n
s
statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
c
and the lines x = 0 , y = 0 and 4 x 0 , where
i
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
t
n N {1 , 2} , then : answers , only one of them is the correct answer. Select
1 1
m
1
a the correct answer from the given options :
e
(a) An 2 An (b) An (a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
h
(n 1) 2n 2 2n 2 Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
(c) An An 2
at
(d) An tan 1 ( 2 1)
a
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
M m
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
E e ar Statement 1.
JE iv .S h
23. Let the tangent to curve f ( x) x 2 x at (c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
IIT -
c t .K
je Er
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
L
point 1 , 1 meet the x-axis and y-axis at A and B
.
b
respectively. If the area of triangle AOB is 2 square 26. Statement 1 : Area (in square units) bounded by the
O
units , where 'O' is origin , then the values of can curves y = sin–1x , y = cos–1x and y = 0 is given by
be :
3
(a) 3 (b) –3 cot
8
(c) 1 2 2 (d) 1 2 2
because
Statement 2 :
24. Let the two branches of the curve ( y x)2 sin x
1
be y = f (x) and y = g(x) , where f (x) g(x) x R . /4 2 1
If the area bounded by f (x) and g(x) in between the
sin 1 x dx cos 1 x dx tan .
lines x = 0 and x = is 'A' square units , then :
0
(cos y sin y )dy
0
1 8
2
(a) 2 < A < 4 (b) 4 A 2
/2
27. Statement 1 : Let f ( x) lim (sin x ) 4 n and
/2 n
2
(c) A 4 sin xdx (d) A 4
0
cos x dx
g ( x) x 2 6 x 8 , then area bounded by f ( x ) and
0
4
g ( x ) is given by square units
2
25. Let f ( x) x 2 | x | x R and 3
because
min f (t ) : 2 t x ; x [2 , 0)
g ( x) , then
max f (t ) : 0 t x ; x [0 , 3) Statement 2 : lim (sin x ) 4 n | sin x | x R ,
n
which of the following statements are correct : where [.] represents the greatest integer function.
28. Statement 1 : Area bounded by the curves Statement 2 : If a function is bijective in nature ,
C1 : x2 – y –1 = 0 and C2 : y – | x | = 0 is divided by then its inverse always exist.
the y-axis in two equal parts
because
30. Statement 1 : Area bounded by the curves y = 3x2
Statement 2 : Curves 'C1' and 'C2' are symmetrical
about the y-axis. and y 3x in between the lines x = 3 and x = 4 is
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
1. Value of (n + 1)An + (n + 3)An + 2 is equal to : 6. Let tangent to y = f (x) at point 'A' meets the x-axis at
(K , 0) , then 'K' is equal to :
1 1
(a) (b) (a) tan 1
2 n 1 2 n2 (b) cot 1
2 1 (c) sin 1
(b) (d) (d) none of these
2 n 2 n
t
4 ( Questions No. 7-9 )
(r 1) A
a
2. Value of r is equal to :
m
r 1
e
px 2 qx 4
h
Let f ( x) , where f (x) = f (| x |) x R
t
7 5 x2 1
(a) (b)
a a
12 12
and lim f ( x ) 1 , then answer the following
M m
x
r
1 1
e a
(c) 2 (d) questions.
12
E
JE iv .S
2 4
h
IIT -
c t .K 7. If g ( x) [ f ( x )] for all | x | 2 , where [.] repre-
je Er
3. Value of A4 is equal to :
b
1 ln 4 1 ln 4
(a) (b) of points of dicontinuity for y = g(x) are 31 , then value
O
10 20
of ' ' is equal to :
ln 4 2 ln 4 (a) 3 (b) 4
(c) (d)
15 10
(c) 5 (d) 6
Comprehension passage (2)
( Questions No. 4-6 ) 8. If the vertices of rectangle 'R' lie on curve y = f (x)
and other two vertices lies on the line y + 1 = 0 ,
In figure no. (1) , the graph of two curves C1 : y = f (x) then maximum area (in square units) of rectangle 'R'
and C2 : y = sin x are given , where 'C1' and 'C2' meet is equal to :
at A(a , f (a)) , B( , 0 ) and C (2 , 0) . If A1 , A2
(a) 8 (b) 6
and A3 are the bounded area as shown in figure no. (1)
and A1 = (a – 1) cos a – sin a + 1 , then answer the (c) 5 (d) 10
following questions.
f ( x) ; x 1
9. Let h( x ) 2 1 and minimum
x k 2k 2 ; x 1
(a) [–1 , 3]
(b) R – (– 1 , 3)
(c) R – [–1 , 3]
(d) (–1 , 3)
figure no. (1)
ics
at
15. Match the following columns (I) and (II).
em
Column (I)
at h a
Column (II)
E e M h arm
(a) Area of region enclosed by the curve (y – sin–1x)2 = x – x2 (p)
18 2e 2
JE iv .S
e2
IIT -
c t K
(b) Area of the finite portion of the figure bounded by
.
(q)
je Er L
y = 2x2ex and y + x3ex = 0
.
b
(c) Area of curvilinear trapezoid bounded by y ( x 2 2 x )e x (r) / 4
and the x-axis
O
(d) Area of figure bounded by the curves x 4 y 2 and (s) 4
| y| x
16. Let area (in square units) bounded by function f (x) with the x-axis and the lines x = 0 ; x = 1 be represented by 'A'.
Match the following columns for function f (x) and the interval in which area 'A' lies.
(a) f ( x) x 3 2 (p) ln 2,
2
2
(b) f ( x) x(sin x cos x ) (q) ,
6 4 2
1 1 1
(c) f ( x) (r) ,
4 x 2 x3 3 2
1
(d) f ( x)
6
x 1
(s) 2, 3
s
(a) Value of global minima for y = f (x). (p) 1/6
tic
(b) Area (in square units) bounded by y = f (x) and y = | f (x)| (q)
3 2
a
24
m
(c) If g ( x) min{ f (t ) : 0 t x} ; 0 x 1 , then area (r) –4/27
t h e
bounded by g(x) with x-axis and the line x = 1 is equal to :
(d) Area (in square units) bounded by y = f (x) and (s) 8/81
y x x2 is :
M a rm a
E e
JE iv .S h a
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (c)
16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (b)
26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (d)
ics
at
em
1. (b) 2. (a)
at h
3. (b)
a
4. (a) 5. (b)
M m
Ex
r
6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. ( 8 )
E e
JE iv .S h a
- t
11. ( 1 ) 12. ( 9 ) 13. ( 1 ) 14. ( 3 )
IIT c .K
je Er .L
15. (a) r 16. (a) s 17. (a) r
(b) p
(c) s
(d) q
O b
(b) r
(c) q
(d) p
(b) p
(c) s
(d) q
s
dy dy
c
(c) f ( x ) y 2r ( x ) (d) 2 f ( x) y 2r ( x) (c) x2 + y2 = 2
i
(d) xy = 1
t
dx dx
m a
is given
9. The degree of differential equation
e
2 3
dx x dy 1 dy 1 dy
h
y x 1 ..... , is :
t
by : ( 'c' is independent arbitrary constant ) dx 2! dx 3! dx
(a) y x ln x c.
M a rm a
(b) y e x ln x c. (a) undefined (b) 1
e a
x 2 (c) (d) n!
(c) y ln x ce . (d) y x ln x c.
E
JE iv .S h
IIT -
c t K
3. The equation of curve which is passing through (1 , 1)
.
10. A right circular cone with radius 10 m and height
b
and having differential equation y ' y 3 is given proportional to its surface area in contact with air.
x
O
If initially the cone is completely filled and the
by :
proportionality constant is ' ' , then the time in which
(a) 2 x 2 y 2 xy 2 1 (b) 2 xy 2 x 2 y 2 3 the cone gets empty is equal to :
(c) 2 x 2 y 2 xy 2 3 (d) 2 xy 2 x 2 y 2 1 10 20 30 5
(a) (b) (c) (d)
dy dy
4. If solution of differential equation sin x y
dx
dx 11. Solution of differential equation
satisfy y (1) 0 , then non-zero value of y (1) is dy
2 y sin x sin 2 x y 2 cos x, satisfying y 1
equal to : dx 2
(a) –1 (b) (c) (d) 1 is given by :
5. If the length of x-intercept of tangent to the curve (a) y2 = sin x (b) y = sin2x
y = f (x) is twice the length of y-intercept and (c) y2 = cos x + 1 (d) y2 sin x = 4cos2 x
f (1) = 1 , then equation of curve is given by :
2
(a) 2x + y = 3 (b) x + 2y = 3 dy dy
12. For differential equation x y 0, the
(c) 2y = x + x (d) 2 y 3 x x dx
dx
solution can be given by :
xd
6. Let y (a sin x (b c) cos x)e , where a , b , c , d (a) y = 2 + x
are parameters , be the general solution of a differential
(b) y = 2x
equation , then order of differential equation is given
by : (c) y = 2x – 4
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 (d) y = 2x2 – 4
s
having major axis parallel to the y-axis is equal to :
c
length of sub-normal is twice the square of the ordinate
ti
(a) 2 (b) 3 at any point P(x , y) on the curve , where f (0) = 1 , then
(c) 4 (d) 5
e
(b) normal to the curve at (0 , 1) is 2y + x = 2
at h a
(c) f ''' (0) = 4
(d) curve passes through the point (ln 2 , 4)
M m
16. A tangent drawn to curve y = f (x) at P(x , y) meet
e ar
the x-axis and y-axis at A and B respectively such
E
20. A curve passing through the point (2 , 2) has the
JE iv .S h
that BP : AP = 3 : 1 , and f (1) = 1 , then property that the perpendicular distance of the origin
IIT -
dy
c t .K
from the normal at any point P of the curve is equal
je Er .L
(a) equation of curve is x 3y 0 to distance of P from the x-axis , then
dx
O b1
(b) curve passes through , 8
2
(a) curve may be represented by a line.
(b) curve may be represented by a parabola.
(c) curve may be represented by a circle.
(c) normal at (1 , 1) is x + 3y = 4
(d) curve may be represented by an ellipse.
dy
(d) equation of curve is x 3y 0
dx
s
dx 2 4 dx (0 , 2) and the axes parallel to the coordinate axes
tic because
a
23. Consider the family of curves ' C1' such that any Statement 2 : Each integral curve of the equation
m
tangent to the curves intersects with the y-axis at
e
that point which is equidistant from the point of dy
(1 x 2 )
xy 2 x 0 have one constant axis
t h
tangency and the origin. dx
a a
Statement 1 : Differential equation representing the whose length is equal to 2 units.
M rm
family of curves ' C1' is linear differential equation of
E e a
first order and first degree
JE iv .S h
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
s
x g ( M 0 mt ) mt m
c
(b) d 2 dy 0.
i
y (a) 1 1
t
(2m k ) M 0
a
m
x2
e
(c) d dx 0. k 2m
y g ( M 0 mt ) mt m
h
(b) 1 1
t
(2m k ) M 0
a a
x2
M m
(d) d dy 0.
y
E e ar k 2m
JE iv .S h
g ( M 0 mt ) mt m
(c) 1 1
- t
2. Equation of curve 'C1' is : (2m k ) M 0
IIT c .K
je Er L
(a) 2x + 2y3 – 5y2 = 0 (b) x2 + (x – 4) y = 0
.
b
(d) none of these
(c) x2 + (y – 2)2 = 4 (d) none of these
O
3. Angle of inclination with x-axis of polar radius of
point having x-coordinate as 1 on curve C1 can be
Comprehension passage (3)
( Questions No. 7-9 )
given by :
Let the curve y = f (x) passes through the point (4 , –2)
(a) 30º (b) 45º and sat isfy the differential equation
(c) 60º (d) 15º y ( x y 3 )dx x ( y 3 x )dy 0 . If the curve y = g(x) is
Comprehension passage (2) defined for x R , where g ( x) | sin x | | cos x | ,
( Questions No. 4-6 ) [.] represents the greatest integer function , then answer
Consider a drop of water , having the initial mass the following questions.
M0 g and evaporating at a rate of m g/s , falls freely in
the air. The resistance force is proportional to the 7. Total number of locations of non-differentiability for
velocity of the drop (the proportionality factor being the function y = max { f (x) , –2x } is/are :
k). If initially the velocity of the water drop is zero and (a) 1 (b) 2
k 2m , then answer the following questions. (c) 3 (d) 4
4. If 'g' is the gravitational acceleration , then the
differential equation defining the velocity-time 8. Area (in square units) of the region bounded by the
relationship for the drop of water is given by : curves y = f (x) , y = g(x) and x = 0 is equal to :
dv (k m)v dv (k m)v 1 1
(a) g . (b) g. (a) (b)
dt (M 0 mt ) dt (M 0 mt ) 2 8
1 1
dv (k m)v (c) (d)
(c) g . (d) none of these. 4 16
dt (M 0 mt )
[ 134 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
9. If [.] represents the greatest integer function , then 12. The bottom of a vertical cylinderical vessel with the
1/ 2
cross-sectional area 5 m2 is provided with a
value of f ( x) dx
1/ 2
is equal to :
small circular hole whose area is 0.5 m 2 .
The hole is covered with a diaphram , and the vessel
1 1 is filled with water to the height of 16 m. At time t = 0 ,
(a) 0 (b) (c) (d) –1
2 2 the diaphram starts to open , the area of the hole
being proportional to the time , and the hole
opens completely in 4 seconds. If the gravitational
acceleration is g = 10 m/s2 and the velocity of flow
through opening is 2 gh , where h is height of water,,
10. Let the normal at any point 'P' on the curve 'C1' then the height of water in the vessel in 4 seconds ,
meets the x-axis and y-axis at the points 'A' and 'B' after the experiment began , is equal to ..........
1 1
respectively such that 1 , where O is 13. Let a solution y = y(x) of the differential equation
OA OB
origin. If the curve 'C 1' pass through the points dy cos x sin y tan 2 x
satisfy y , then
(5 , 4) and (4 , ) , then ' ' is equal to .......... dx sin x.cos y 4 4
value of y(0) is equal to ..........
11. Let y = f (x) be twice differentiable function such that
the equation k 2 y 2k
dy d 2 y
0 , provides two
t
dx dx 2
a
dy 2 xy
equal values of 'k' for all x R , and f (0) = 1 , satisfy y (1) 1 , then value of
e m
dx x 2 2 y 1
f ' (0) = 2 , then value of f (ln 3) is equal to ..........
at h a
log e y 1 2e is equal to ..........
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
je Er .L
15. Match the following differential equations in column (I) with their corresponding particular solution in column (II).
Column (I)
O b Column (II)
16. Match the family of curves in column (I) with the corresponding order of the differential equation in column (II).
(a) Area (in square units) bounded by y = f (x) with the lines (p) 16
x – 1 = 0 and y – 2x = 0 is equal to :
(b) If [.] represents the greatest integer function , then total (q) 12
number of locations of discontinuity in [1 , ) for
y = [ f (x)] (r) 15
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (c)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (c) 25. (b)
ics
at
em
1. (d) 2. (c)
t h
3. (d)
a a
4. (a) 5. (d)
M m
Ex
r
6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. ( 5 )
E e
JE iv .S h a
- t
11. ( 9 ) 12. ( 9 ) 13. ( 0 ) 14. ( 1 )
IIT c .K
je Er .L
15. (a) p 16. (a) r 17. (a) s
(b) s
(c) q
(d) r
O b
(b) q
(c) p
(d) q
(b) p
(c) p , r , s
(d) q , t
ics
'A' and 'B' , then circumcentre of ABC , where 'C' is (a) circle (b) line
t
the centre of circle , is given by :
a
(c) parabola (d) ellipse
1
m
(a) , 3 (b) (0 , 3)
e
2 9. Let , R and the side lengths of triangle ABC
1
(c) 1 ,
1 5
(d) ,
at h a
be 3 4 , 4 3 and 5 5 , then triangle
ABC must be :
M m
2 2 2
JE iv .S h
3. Total number of integral points which don't lie (c) acute-angled (d) equilateral
IIT -
c t K
outside the circle x2 + y2 – 25 = 0 are given by :
.
je Er L
10. Let a , b , c be in A.P. , where a c , and p , q , r be
(a) 60 (b) 80
.
b
in G.P. . If the real points A(a , p) , B(b , q) and C(c , r)
O
(c) 81 (d) 120 satisfy the condition | AB – CA | = BC , then :
(a) p = q = r (b) p2 = q
4. If a moving point P( x , y ) satisfy the condition
(c) q2 = r (d) r2 = p
| x 4 | | y 2 | 1 , then locus of 'P' is :
11. Let the points 'A' and 'B' be (0 , 4) and (0 ,– 4)
(a) rectangle (b) square
respectively , then equation of the locus of moving
(c) rhombus (d) parallelogram point P(x , y) such that | PA – PB | = 6 , is given by :
5. Let the vertices 'A' and 'D' of square ABCD lie on (a) 9 x 2 7 y 2 63 (b) 7 x 2 9 y 2 63
positive x-axis and positive y-axis respectively , (c) 9 x 2 7 y 2 63 (d) 7 y 2 9 x 2 63
if the vertex 'C' is the point (12 , 17) , then co-
ordinates of vertex 'B' is given by : 12. In ABC , let the equation of side BC be y – 4 = 0
(a) (14 , 16) (b) (15 , 3) and the orthocentre and circumcentre be (3 , 5) and
(c) (17 , 5) (d) (17 , 12) (6 , 7) respectively , then area of circumcircle of ABC
is given by :
6. In ABC , let the centroid and circumcentre of the (a) 16 sq. units (b) 13 sq. units
triangle be (3 , 3) and (6 , 2) respectively , if point (c) 25 sq. units (d) 20 sq. units
tan A tan B
'P' divides CD internally in the ratio , 13. In ABC , let the mid points of the sides AB , BC
tan C
and CA be P(–1 , 5) , Q(1 , 3) and R(4 , 5) respect-
where D lies on side AB and CD is perpendicular to
ively , then area (in sq. units) of the triangle ABC is
AB , then co-ordinates of point 'P' is given by :
given by :
(a) (9 , 5) (b) (3 , –1) (a) 10 (b) 20
(c) (–3 , 1) (d) (–3 , 5) (c) 40 (d) 30
ics
t
16. Let , , be distinct real numbers , where p R ,
22. Let point P( , 2 ) lies inside the triangle which
3
a
and the points ( , 2 p p ) , ( , 2 p p ) ,
m
3
is having its sides along the lines 2x + 3y –1 = 0 ,
e
x + 2y – 3 = 0 and 6y – 5x + 1 = 0 . If 'S' is the exhau-
( , 2 p p 3 ) are collinear , then :
h
stive set for the real values of , then 'S' contains :
(a) 1
at a
(b) 1
(a) 2 ,
(b) ,
M rm 6 4
e a
(c) 0 (d) 1 0
E
JE iv .S h
- t
(c) { e } (d) 2 ,
IIT c .K
17. In triangle ABC , if all the vertices are rational 3
je Er .L
points , then which one of the following points is
(a) Centroid
O b
not necessarily a rational point ?
(b) Circumcentre
23. Let three line L1 , L2 , L3 intersect each other at
integral points A , B and C , then ABC may be :
(a) right-angled triangle. (b) equilateral triangle.
(c) Orthocentre (d) Incentre
(c) isosceles triangle. (d) scalene triangle.
18. Let point P (x , y) moves in such a manner so that for
1 2 2 24. Let 'A' and 'B' be two fixed points on x – y plane
all R , x 3 2
and y , then
2 where | AB | a . If 'P' is moving point on the plane
1 1
and
locus of 'P' is :
(a) | PA + PB | = b , where b > a , then locus of P
. (a) circle (b) ellipse
ellipse.
(c) parabola (d) hyperbola (b) | PA – PB | = b , where b > a , then locus of P is
hyperbola.
19. Let R and vertices of a variable
(c) | PA + PB | = b , where b = a , then locus of P is
triangle be given by (5cos ,5sin ) , (3 , 4) and line segment.
(5sin , 5cos ) , then locus of the orthocentre (d) | PA – PB | = b , where b = a , then locus of P is line
of variable triangle is given by : segment.
(a) x 2 y 2 6 x 8 y 25 0 25. Let three of the vertices of a parallelogram be
(–3 , 4) , (0 , – 4) and (5 , 2) , then the fourth vertex
(b) x 2 y 2 6 x 8 y 25 0 can be :
(c) x 2 y 2 6 x 8 y 25 0 (a) (8 , – 6) (b) (–8 , – 2)
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true Statement 2 : In any isosceles triangle ABC , if 'G' is
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of the centroid , then triangles AGB , BGC and CGA
Statement 1. are always of equal area.
because
ics because
at
Statement 2 : Area of triangle formed by three collinear Statement 2 : In equilateral triangle the ratio of circum-
radius to in-radius is always 2 : 1
m
points is always zero.
t h e
27. Statement 1 : Let 0 , be fixed angle. If
2
30. Statement 1 : Quadrilateral formed by
a
y | x 2 | | x 1| | x 1| | x 2 | and y – 8 = 0 is
a
M m
P (cos , sin ) and Q (cos( ) , sin( )) , isosceles trapezium
E e ar
then Q is obtained from P by its reflection in the line because
JE iv .S h
- t
Statement 2 : in isosceles trapezium , the non-parallel
IIT c
through origin with slope tan
.K
je Er L
2 sides are always of equal length.
.
b
because
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (d)
16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (b)
26. (d) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (a)
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
s
7. The line ( p + 2q) x + ( p – 3q) y = p – q , for different
c
2. Let 2x + 3y = 6 meets the x-axis and y-axis at 'A' and
i
values of p and q passes through a fixed point which
'B' respectively , a variable line
x y
at
1 meets the
is given by :
m
a b
3 5 2 2
e
x-axis and y-axis at 'P' and 'Q' respectively in such (a) , (b) ,
h
2 2 5 5
t
a way that lines BP and AQ always meet at right
a a
angle at R , then locus of orthocentre of ARB is : 3 3 2 3
M
(c) , (d) ,
rm
2 2
2 2
(a) x + y – 3x – 2y = 0. (b) x y 4. 5 5 5 5
E e
JE iv .S h a
(c) x2 y 2 3x 2 y 0. (d) x 2 y 2 3x 2 y 0.
- t
8. If the lines y m1 x c1 and y m2 x c2 , where
IIT c .K
je Er .L
3. Let 'P' be a point on the line y + 2x = 1 and Q , R m1 , m2 0 , meet the co-ordinate axes at four
b
be two points on the line 3y + 6x = 6 such that tri- concylic points , then value of m1 m2 is equal to :
O
angle PQR is an equilateral triangle , then length of
the side of triangle is : (a) 2 (b) –1 (c) 1 (d) –2
15 4
(a) (b) 9. If line y = 5x meets the lines x – r = 0 , where
4 15
r 1 , 2 , 3 , ...... n , at points Ar respectively , then
5 3
(c) (d) n
15 15 2
(OA )
r 1
r is equal to :
4. If line (y – 7) + k (x – 4) = 0 cuts 2x + y + 4 = 0
and 4x + 2y – 12 = 0 at 'P' and 'Q' respectively , (a) 3n2 + 3n (b) 2n3 + 3n2 + n
where | PQ | = 2 5 , then value of 'k' is : (c) 3n3 + 3n2 + n (d) 3n3 + 3n2 + 2
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 142 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Straight Lines
12. Let triangle ABC be right angled at vertex B(x , y) 19. Let the rectangle ABCD be formed by joining the
where vertex A and C are given by (– 4 , 2) and points given by (x2 – 4x)2 + (y2 – 3y)2 = 0. If a stra-
(–1 , –2) respectively. If area of ABC is 6 square 1
units , then number of locations for point 'B' is/are : ight line of slope divides the rectangle ABCD into
2
(a) 1 (b) 0 two equal parts , then its equation is given by :
(c) 2 (d) 4 (a) 2y = x + 2 (b) 2y = x –1
(c) 2y = x + 1 (d) 4y = 2x + 3
13. If the vertices of a triangle are A(1 , 4) , B (5 , 2)
and C (3 , 6) , then equation of the bisector of the 20. Let the line segment PQ be rotated about P by
an angle of 60º in the anti-clockwise direction and
ABC is given by :
Q reaches to the new position Q' . If the points P and
(a) x – y = 3 (b) y + x = 7 Q are (3 , 2) and (4 , 3) respectively , where
(c) x + y = 2 (d) y = x + 1 Q ' ( , ) , then 2 is equal to :
(a) 25 (b) 23
14. If line K( y – 3) + (x – 2) = 0 forms an intercept of
(c) 17 (d) none of these
length 3 units in between the lines y + 2x – 2 = 0
and y + 2x – 5 = 0 , then value of 'K' can be :
4 4
s
(a) or 0 (b) only
c
3 3
i
21. Let ' ' and ' ' be real numbers and the lines
m
3 L1L2 L2 L3 L3 L1 0 represents
t h e
15. If two equal sides AB and AC of an isosceles triangle
(a) a pair of straight lines if 0 and 0
(b) a pair of straight lines if 0 and 0
a a
are given by x + y – 3 = 0 and 7x – y + 3 = 0 respe-
M m
ctively and its third side passes through (1 , –10) , (c) a circle for all real values of and
e
then equation of line BC can be given by :
E ar (d) a circle for unique real values of and
JE iv .S h
- t
(a) 2x + y – 8 = 0 (b) 3x + 2y – 17 = 0
je Er .L
(c) 3x + y + 7 = 0 (d) x – y – 11 = 0 and 3x – y – 1 = 0 do not form a triangle , then ' '
O b
16. If a line L O is drawn through point P(1, 2) so
that its point of intersection with the line x + y – 4 = 0
can be :
s
Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1. a1 b1 c1
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
a
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
a3 b3 c3
Statement 1.
em
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
necessary and sufficient condition for three lines to be
h
concurrent , where the lines are given by
at
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
a
ai x bi y ci 0 , i = 1 , 2 , 3.
E M arm
26. Statement 1 : The straight lines represented by
e
(y – mx)2 – a2(1 + m2) = 0 and (y – nx)2 – a2 (1 + n2) = 0
h
30. If ABC , let sides AB , BC and CA are given by
JE iv .S
form a rhombus but not a square if (mn + 1) is non-
- t
x = 0 , y = 0 and x 3 y 3 0 respectively. The foot
zero
IIT c .K
je Er L
of perpendicular from 'B' to side AC is ' D' .
because
.
b
Statement 1 : The ratio CD : DA is 3 : 1
O
Statement 2 : All squares are rhombus but all rhom-
bus are not squares. because
Statement 2 : The ratio AD : DC is tan C : tan A.
27. Statement 1 : Let k R and the variable line
y + kx – 4 – 9k = 0 meets the positive axes at points
'A' and 'B' , then absolute minimum value of
OA + OB , where 'O' is origin , is 25 units
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 144 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Straight Lines
2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x
For any two points A(x1 , y1) and B(x2 , y2) in the (d) y
x-y plane d(AB) = | x2 – x1 | + | y2 – y1 | . Let moving 2 2
point P(x , y) , where x 0 and y 0 , satisfy the
condition d(OP) + d(PQ) = 9. If point 'Q' is (4 , 3) 5. If a member of the family of straight lines 'L'
and 'O' represents the origin , then answer the follo- with negative slope meets the co-ordinate axes at
wing questions. 'P' and 'Q' , then minimum area of triangle
POQ , where 'O' is origin , is given by :
(a) 2 square units (b) 6 square units
1. Locus of moving point 'P' consists of the union of :
(c) 4 square units (d) 8 square units
(a) two line segments.
ics
t
(b) one line segment and an infinite ray parallel to 6. If (1 ) y (1 ) x (7 3 ) 0 represents the
y-axis.
e
(c) one line segment and an infinite ray parallel to member of 'L' and 'M' is given by :
h
x-axis.
t
(a) y + 2x = 9 (b) y – 2x = 1
a a
(d) three line segments. (c) y = 3x – 1 (d) x – 2y + 8 = 0
E e M h arm
2. Area of region enclosed by the locus of moving Comprehension passage (3)
JE iv .S
point 'P' with the line x + y = 5 is equal to : ( Questions No. 7-9 )
11
IIT -
c t
15
.K
je Er L
(a) square units (b) square units
.
2 2 Consider straight lines L1 : y – x = 0 , L2 : y + x = 0
b
and a moving point P(x , y). Let d ( P , Li ) represents
O
7 21
(c) square units (d) square units the distance of 'P' from the line Li , where i {1 , 2}.
2 2
If point 'P' moves in region 'R' in such a way so that
3. If the pair of lines xy – 3x – 4y + 12 = 0 form a tri- the inequality 2 d ( P , L1 ) d ( P , L2 ) 4 is satis-
angle ' ' with the locus of moving point 'P' , then fied , then answer the following questions.
the circumcentre of ' ' is : 7. If d (P , L1) = d (P , L2) , then locus of moving point
9 9 7 'P' is given by :
(a) , 4 (b) ,
2 2 2 (a) x2 + y2 = 0
7 7 5 (b) xy = 0
(c) , 2 (d) ,
2 2 2 (c) x2 – y2 = 0
(d) x2 + y2 – xy = 0
s
'M' and 'N' respectively and QN meets OP at 'T' , then
a
equal to ..........
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
3
(0 , 2 ) ,
O
15. Let L1 : (3cos ) x (4sin ) y 12 and L2 : (4sec ) x (3cosec ) y 7 be two variable straight lines , where
1
(a) Minimum area (in square units) of triangle formed by (p) 1
48
line 'L1' with the co-ordinate axes is :
(q) 5
(b) Maximum area (in square units) of triangle formed
by line 'L2' with the co-ordinate axes is : (r) 7
(c) If line 'L1' meets the co-ordinate axes at A and B ,
then minimum length (in units) of AB is : (s) 12
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 146 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Straight Lines
16. L1 : px + qy + r = 0
Consider the straight lines , L2 : qx + ry + p = 0
L3 : rx + py + q = 0.
17. Let there exist exactly 'n' lines which are at a distance of 4 units from point 'A' and 1 unit from point 'B' , then match
s
the following columns for the values of 'n' with the points 'A' and 'B'.
tic
a
Column (I) Column (II)
(a) A (2 , 2) and B (6 , 1)
em (p) n = 2
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
(c) A (1 , 1) and B (2 , 1) (r) n = 1
IIT -
c t .K
je Er .L
(d) A (5 , 1) and B (2 , 1) (s) n = 3
O b (t) n = 0
11. (d) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (c)
16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (d)
26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (c) 30. (a)
ics
at
em
1. (d) 2. (b)
at h a
3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (c)
Ex
6. (c) 7. (b)
E e M h arm
8. (b) 9. (b) 10. ( 3 )
JE iv .S
11. ( 5 )
IIT -
c
12. ( 3 )
t .K 13. ( 8 ) 14. ( 2 )
15. (a) s
b je Er
16. (a) p .L 17. (a) s
O
(b) p (b) r (b) q
(c) r (c) s (c) p
(d) q (d) q (d) r
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 148 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
7. If the lines y2 – 5xy + 6x2 = 0 and 2y + x – 4 = 0 form a
triangle , then its circumcentre is given by :
3 6 2 4
1. One of the angular bisector of pair of lines (a) , (b) ,
5 5 5 5
a ( x 1) 2 2h ( x 1)( y 2) b ( y 2)2 0 is
x + 2y – 5 = 0 , then other bisector is : 2 6
(c) , (d) (0 , 0)
(a) y – 2x = 0 (b) y + 2x = 0 7 7
(c) 2x + y – 4 = 0 (d) x – 2y + 3 = 0
8. The equation of circumcircle of the triangle formed by
s
2 2
2. If ax + 2hxy + by + 2gx + 2 fy + c = 0 represents a pair the pair of lines 7 x 2 8 xy y 2 0 and the line
of straight lines equidistant from origin , then
tic 2 x y 1 is given by :
a
(a) f 4 g 4 c(bf ag )
(a) 5x 2 5 y 2 18x 12 y 0
4 4
(b) f g c(bf ag ) 2 2
em
h
(b) 4 x 2 4 y 2 17 x 2 y 0
t
4 4 2 2
(c) f g c(bf ag )
a a
(c) 2 x 2 2 y 2 5 x 10 y 0
M
(d) none of these
E e
JE iv .S h a
3. If the pair of lines ax2 + 2hxy + by2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0
- t
intersects on the y-axis , then
je Er .L
(a) 2fgh = bg2 + ch2 (b) bg2 ch2 x2 + 2Kxy + 2y2 = 0 are equally inclined with each
b
(c) abc = 2fgh (d) None of these other in opposite directions , then value of 'K' is :
O
4. The lines represented by 3ax2 + 5xy + (a2 – 2) y2 = 0
are perpendicular to each other for
(a) 1
(c) 3
(b) 4
(d) 2
(d) x2 + 3xy + 2y2 – 2x + 3y – 4 = 0. 20. If two of the lines represented by the equation
ax 4 bx3 y cx2 y 2 dxy3 ay 4 0 bisect the angles
14. If the eqution 2x2 – 3xy + y2 – 4x + 6y + 32 sin = 0
represents a pair of straight lines , then possible value between the other two lines , then
of ' ' is : (a) 6a + 5c = 0 (b) b + d = 0
2 5
t
(a) (b)
3 6
(c)
11
(d)
5
m a
e
6 4
at h
15. If the straight lines joining the origin to the points of
a
Following questions are assertion and reasoning type
questions. Each of these questions contains two
M m
int ersect ion of x y k and the curve statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
e ar
5x2 + 12xy – 8y2 + 8x – 4y + 12 = 0 make equal angles
E
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
JE iv .S h
with x-axes , then the value of 'k' can be : answers , only one of them is the correct answer. Select
(a) 1
IIT -
c
(b) –3
t .K
the correct answer from the given options :
b
(c) 2 (d) 4 Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (c)
21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (d) 25. (b)
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
ic
2. If tangent at any point 'P' on the circle x2 + y2 = 9
s 7. If common tangent is not possible for the curves
t
cuts the circle x2 + y2 = 25 at A and B , then in-radius
of AOB , where 'O' being the origin , is :
a
x2 y 2 r 2 and 16x2 + 4y2 = 64 , then :
m
(a) r [2 , 4] (b) r R (2 , 4)
e
3 2
h
(a) (b) (c) r (4 , ) (d) r (2 , )
t
2 3
(c) 2 (d)
4
M a rm a 8. If y mx 2 1 m 2 , where m 0 , is common
e a x2 y 2 4 and
3
E
tangent to t he circles
JE iv .S h
- t
x2 + y2 – 4ax + 4a2 – 4 = 0 , a > 2 , then value of 'm' is :
IIT c .K
3. Let a variable circle touches a fixed straight line and
je Er .L
cuts off an intercept of length 4 units on other fixed 2 2
(a) (b)
b
straight line which is perpendicular to the first line , a2 4 a2 4
O
then locus of the centre of circle is :
(a) hyperbola. (b) parabola. 2 4
(c) (d)
(c) straight line. (d) ellipse. a 42
a2 4
ics (a) x2 + y2 + x + y – 8 = 0
(c) 18 sq units. (d) 50 sq units.
at (b) x2 + y2 – x – y – 8 = 0
m
(c) x2 + y2 – x + y – 8 = 0
e
15. Let C1 , C2 and C3 be three circles with sides of
h
(d) none of these
t
triangle ABC as their diameter. If the radical axis of the
then 'R' is :
M a rm a
circles C1 , C2 and C3 in pairs meet at point 'R' , 22. Tangents are drawn to circle x2 + y2 = 12 at the point
where it is met by x2 + y2 – 5x + 3y – 2 = 0 ; then point
(a) incentre of ABC .
E e
JE iv .S h a of intersection of these tangents is :
je Er
(c) centroid of ABC .
.L (a) 6 ,
5
(b) 6 ,
5
b
O
(d) orthocentre of ABC .
18
(c) , 6 (d) none of these
16. From point P, if length of tangents to circles 5
x2 + y 2 = 9 ; x2 + y2 + 4x + 6y – 19 = 0 ; and
x2 + y2 – 2x – 2y – 5 = 0 are equal , then point 'P' is :
23. Tangents drawn from the point P (1 , 8) to the circle
(a) (2 , –1) (b) (2 , – 2) x2 + y2 – 6x – 4y – 11 = 0 touch the circle at the points
(c) (1 , 1) (d) (1 , – 2) A and B . The equation of the circumcircle of the triangle
PAB is :
17. Locus of foot of perpendicular from origin to chords of (a) x2 + y2 + 4x – 6y + 19 = 0
circle x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y – 3 = 0 which subtend 90º at (b) x2 + y2 – 4x – 10y + 19 = 0
origin is :
(c) x2 + y2 – 2x + 6y – 29 = 0
(a) 2x2 + 2y2 – 4x – 6y – 3 = 0
(d) x2 + y2 – 6x – 4y + 19 = 0
(b) x2 + y2 + 4x + 6y + 3 = 0
(c) 2x2 + 2y2 + 4x + 6y – 3 = 0 24. The centre of two circles C1 and C2 each of unit
radius are at a distance of 6 units from each other.
(d) none of these Let P be the mid point of the line segment joining
the centres of C1 and C2 and C be a circle touching
18. Locus of the centre of circle which externally touches circles C1 and C2 externally. If a common tangent to C1
the circle x2 + y2 – 6x – 6y + 14 = 0 and also touches the and C passing through P is also a common tangent to
y-axis is : C2 and C , then the radius of the circle C is :
(a) x2 – 6x – 10y + 4 = 0 (b) x2 – 10x – 6y + 5 = 0 (a) 10 (b) 8
2 2
(c) y – 6x – 10y + 14 = 0 (d) y – 10x – 6y + 14 = 0 (c) 5 (d) 6
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 154 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
25. Two circles with radii 'a' and 'b' touch each other 1 1 4
externally such that ' ' is the angle between the direct (a)
DA DE AE
common tangents , a b 2 , then angle ' ' is equal
to : 1 1 2
(b)
DA DE ( DB)( DC )
ab ab
(a) sin 1 (b) sin 1
ab ab (c) AE BC 4 ( AD)( DE ))
1 1 4
ab a b (d)
(c) 2 sin 1 (d) 2 sin 1 BD CD BC
a b ab
30. Let T1 and T2 be two tangents drawn from (0 , 3) to the
circle C1 : x2 + (y – 1)2 = 1. If C2 and C3 are two
circles with centre on y-axis and touching C1 externally
and having T1 and T2 as their pair of tangents , then :
26. Let circles 'C1' and 'C2' be x2 + y2 – 2x – 2y = 0 and (a) (radius of C1) (radius of C2) = 1.
x2 + y2 + 6x – 8y = 0 respectively. If line y = kx
16
intersects the circle C1 and C2 at point 'A' and 'B' (b) distance between the centres of C1 and C2 is
respectively (where A and B points are not origin) and 3
'S' is the set of real values of 'k' , then 'S' contains : units.
3 3 3
t
(a) , (b) , 1
units.
a
4 4 4
m
(d) maximum distance between the boundary of C1
1
e
1
(c) 0 , (d) , 1 26
h
2 2
t
and C2 is units.
3
M a m a
27. Let a circle of unit radius lies in the first quadrant
r
e a
and touches the x-axis and y-axis at 'A' and 'B'
E
JE iv .S h
respectively. If a variable line through origin meets
IIT -
c t K
the circle at points 'P' and 'Q' , where area of PBQ
.
je Er .L
is not maximum , then possible values of the slope of
b
variable line can be :
O
Following questions are assertion and reasoning type
(a) 2 1 (b) 1
questions. Each of these questions contains two
1 statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
(c) (d) 3
3 (Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
answers , only one of them is the correct answer. Select
the correct answer from the given options :
4
28. If tangent of slope to the circle 25x2 + 25y2 = 144 (a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
3 Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
in first quadrant meets the co-ordinate axes at 'A' and
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
'B' , and 'O' is the origin , then :
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
(a) Incentre and orthocentre of AOB are integral Statement 1.
points. (c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
(b) Circumcentre and centroid of AOB are integral (d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
points.
(c) Incentre of AOB is irrational point. 31. Statement 1 : Maximum number of lines which are
(d) Circumcentre of AOB is rational point. at a distance of 3 units for point 'P' and 2 units from
point 'Q' are four , where 'P' and 'Q' points are
(–2 , 1) and (2 , 4) respectively
29. Let a straight line through the vertex 'A' of triangle
ABC meets the side BC at the point 'D' and the because
circumcircle of ABC at the point 'E'. If point 'D' is Statement 2 : Two mutually external circles can have at
not the circumcentre of ABC , then : the most four common tangents.
s
is of form 8k + 2 , where k W . because
tic
34. Let line L1 = 0 is tangential to a given circle C1 at
Statement 2 : Locus of the centre of variable circle 'C'
a
is elliptical in nature if 'C1' and 'C2' are not concentric.
fixed point 'P'. If a variable circle touches both the
m
circle C1 and line L1 , then
e
39. Let A , B , C and D be four distinct points in the
h
Statement 1 : Locus of the centre of the variable circle x – y plane such that the ratio of the distance of any
t
is parabolic one of them from the point (1 , 0) to the distance from
because
M a rm a 1
the point (–1 , 0) is equal to .
e a
Statement 2 : The locus of the centre of the variable 3
E
JE iv .S h
circle is straight line if the points of contact with Statement 1 : Quadrilateral formed by the points
C1 and L1 are same.
IIT -
c t .K A , B , C and D is concyclic
b je Er .L
35. Let circle 'C1' be x2 + y2 – 4x – 6y + 12 = 0 and a line because
O
through point P (–1 , 4) meets the circle 'C1' at two Statement 2 : There exists a unique circle which passes
distinct points 'A' and 'B' through any three given points.
Statement 1 : Sum of the distances PA and PB is not
less than 6 40. Statement 1 : Let a variable circle with centre 'C' always
because touches the x-axis and it touches the circle x2 + y2 = 1
externally , then locus of the centre 'C' is given by
Statement 2 : a b 2 a b for a , b R .
x2 – 2y – 1 = 0 , where | x | 1
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 156 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
curve y = sin x. If the locus of circumcentre of triangle
PAB is given by the curve y = f (x) , then answer the
following questions :
Comprehension passage (1)
( Questions No. 1-3 ) 4. If set S y : y [ f ( x)] , x R , where [.]
A circle C of radius 1 is inscribed in an equilateral represents the greatest integer function , then total
triangle PQR. The points of contact of C with the sides number of elements in set 'S' is / are :
PQ , QR , RP are D , E , F respectively. The line PQ is (a) 3 (b) 1
given by the equation 3x y 6 0 and the point (c) 2 (d) 4
3 3 3
D is , . If the origin and the centre of C are
2 2 5. Let g ( x) 2 | f ( x ) 2 | (6 8) f x 2 ,
4
on the same side of the line PC , then answer the
following questions..
where the fundamental period of g (x) is then the
4
s
1. The equation of circle C is : values of can be :
(a) x 2 3
2
( y 1) 2 1
tic (a) 2 or 3 (b) 2 or 6
1
2
m a (c) 2 or 4 (d) 3 or 6
e
2
(b) x 2 3 y 1
h
2 6. Total number of integral solutions for the equation
(c) x 3
2 2
y 1 1
at a
f ( x) e | x | 0 is /are :
JE iv .S
2
(d) x 3 2
y 1 1 (c) 2 (d) 4
IIT -
ec t L .K Comprehension passage (3)
j .
E r
2. Points E and F are given by :
b
( Questions No. 7-9 )
O
3 3 3 1
(a)
2 , 2 , 3,0 (b) , ,
2 2
3,0 Let circle 'C' of unit radius touches the y-axis
at point A and centre Q of the circle lies in the IInd
quadrant. The tangent from origin 'O' to the circle
3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1
(c) , , , (d) , , , touches it at 'T' and point 'P' lies on it such that
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 OAP is right angled at 'A'. If the semi-perimeter of
OAP is 4 units , then answer the following questions.
3. Equations of the sides QR , RP are :
7. Length of QP is equal to :
2 2
(a) y x 1 , y x 1 3 3
3 3 (a) (b)
4 2
1 4 5
(b) y x , y 0 (c) (d)
3 3 3
3 3 8. Equation of circle 'C' is :
(c) y x 1 , y x 1
2 2 2
5
(a) (x + 1)2 + (y – 3)2 = 1 (b) (x + 1)2 + y 1
(d) y 3 x , y 0 2
(c) (x + 1)2 + (y – 2)2 = 1 (d) (x + 1) + (y – 4)2 = 1
2
Comprehension passage (2) 9. If circle x2 + (y – 2)2 = 2 meets the circle 'C' at 'M' and
( Questions No. 4-6 ) 'N' , then length of MN is equal to :
Let tangents PA and PB be drawn to the circle
3 3
(x + 3)2 + (y – 4)2 = 1 from a variable point 'P' on the (a) 2 (b) 1 (c) (d)
2 4
[ 157 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Circles
s
(a) 5 (b) 16. Let circle 'C' passes through the point P(1 , – 1)
c
5
i
and is orthogonal to the circle which is having
t
24 (–2 , 3) and (0 , –1) as the diametric ends. If tangent
a
27
(c) (d) at 'P' to the circle 'C' is 2x + 3y + 1 = 0 and the length
5 4
m
of x-intercept for is 'l' units , then value of [ l ] , where
t h e
12. If tangents drawn at A and B to the member of CF
[.] represents the greatest integer function , is equal to
..........
a
having centre at 'P' meets at point Q , then coordi-
a 17. Let square ABCD be inscribed in the circle
M
nates of 'Q' is given by :
rm
e
2 x 2 2 y 2 12 x 8 y 25 0 and the variable points
a
(a) (–4 , –3). (b) (–3 , –4).
E
JE iv .S h P , Q , R and S lie on the sides AB , BC , CD and DA
- t
(c) (–5 , –2). (d) (–3 , 3).
O
18. Let curves C1 and C2 be the circumscribing and inscribing circles respectively for the quadrilateral ABCD , where the
vertex points A , B , C and D in order are given by (2 , 1) , (3 , 1) , (3 , 2) and (2 , 2) . Match the following
columns (I) and (II).
(a) Area (in square units) of 'C2' is (p)
4
3 2 2
(b) Area (in square units) of the director circle of 'C2' is (q)
4
(c) Area (in square units) of 'C1' is (r)
2
(d) Area (in square units) of incircle of ABC is (s)
2
3 2 2
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 158 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
19. Match the following columns (I) and (II).
20. If 'a' and 'b' satisfy the condition 12a2 – 4b2 + 8a + 1 = 0 and the line ax + by + 1 = 0 is tangential to a fixed circle
'C' , then match the following columns (I) and (II).
ics
(a) If x2 + y2 + 2x + 4y – k = 0 intersects circle 'C' (p) 12
orthogonally , then value of k is
at
m
(b) If x2 + y2 = 12 intersects the circle 'C' at P and Q ,
e
then length PQ is (q) 3
at h
(c) If OA and OB are tangents to circle 'C' , where
a
'O' is origin , and 'r' is in-radius of OAB , (r) 20
then value of (20)r is
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
(d) If line ( y + 2) = m (x + 1) meets the circle 'C' at 'M' (s)
t
10
- K
IIT c .
and 'N' for some real value of m , then length MN
je Er .L
can be :
O b
11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (d)
16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (d)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (a)
36. (c) 37. (b) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (d)
ics
at
em
at h a
1. (c) 2. (d)
E e M h arm
3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (c)
JE iv .S
- t
Ex
6. (b)
IIT
7. (d)
c .K 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (c)
b je Er
12. (b) .L 13. ( 5 ) 14. ( 5 ) 15. ( 5 )
16. ( 4 )
O
17. ( 2 )
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 160 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
6. In angle between the pair of tangents drawn from a
point 'P' to the parabola y2 = 4ax is , then locus of
1. If straight line y = mx + c is tangential to parabola 4
point 'P' is :
y 2 16( x 4) , then exhaustive set of values of 'c'
(a) parabola. (b) line.
is given by
(c) hyperbola. (d) ellipse.
(a) R /(4 , 4) (b) R /(8 , 8)
(c) R /(12 , 12) (d) R /[4 , 4] 7. From a point 'P' if common tangents are drawn to
circle x2 + y2 = 8 and parabola y2 = 16x , then the area
2. Minimum distance between the parabolic curves
t
tangents, the chords of contact of circle and parabola
y x 2 4 and x y 2 4 is
a
is given by :
m
15 15 (a) 60 (b) 30
e
(a) (b)
h
4 2 2 (c) 45 (d) 50
15 15
at a 8. Let P(h , k) lies on the curve f (x) = x – x2 , such that
M
(c) (d)
2 2 2
rm
e a
h (0 , 1) , where 'O' and 'A' are (0 , 0) and (1 , 0)
E
JE iv .S h respectively , then maximum area of POA is:
- t
3. Locus of the point of intersection of tangents to
IIT c .K
parabola y2 = 4(x + 1) and y2 = 8(x + 2) which are
je Er L
1 1
.
perpendicular to each other is given by : (a) sq. units. (b) sq. units.
b
8 4
O
(a) x – 2 = 0 (b) x + 2 = 0
1 1
(c) x + 3 = 0 (d) x – 3 = 0 (c) sq. units. (d) sq. units.
2 16
12. If y 3 x 3 0 cuts the parabola 2 x y 2 at A 18. Normals PO , PA and PB are drawn to parabola y2 = 4x
from P (h , 0) , where 'O' is origin and AOB 90o ,
and B , where P
3, 0 ; then PA
A.PB is :
then area of quadrilateral OAPB is :
4 4 (a) 12 sq. units (b) 24 sq. units
(a)
3
2 3 (b)
3
2 3 (c) 6 sq. units (d) 18 sq. units
s
parabolic curve y 2a , where 'a' is
ic
3 2
t
the parameter , is given by : (c) 2 , 1/ 2 (d) 2 , 1/ 2
(a) xy
105
(b) xy
m
3
a
e
64 8
(c) xy
55
8
(d) xy
at h 201
a
10
M m
21. Let PQ be a chord of the parabola y2 = 4x and circle
JE iv .S h
15. A parabola has its vertex and focus in Ist quadrant the parabola. If the area of PVQ is 20 square unit ,
- t
and axis along the line y = x , if the distances of the
je Er .L
vertex and focus from the origin are 2 and 2 2
(a) (2 , –1) (b) (1 , –2)
b
respectively , then equation of parabola is :
O
(c) (16 , 8) (d) (–16 , 8)
(a) (x + y)2 = x – y + 2
(b) (x – y)2 = x + y –2
22. Let a R and the curves x 2 = 4a (y – b) and
(c) (x – y)2 = 8(x + y –2) y2 – x 2 = a2 intersect each other at four distinct
(d) (x + y)2 = 8 (x – y + 2) points , then the values of 'b' may lie in the interval :
5a
(a) (–2a , –a) (b) a,
4
16. If , , then maximum length of
2 2 (c) (–a , a) (d) (0 , a)
latus rect um of parabola whose focus is
(a sin 2 , a cos 2 ) and directrix is y – a = 0 , is :
23. Let any point 'P' lies on the parabola y2 = 8x.
(a) 2a (b) 4a If tangent and normal is drawn to parabola at
point 'P' which intersects the x-axis at 'T' and 'N'
1
(c) 8a (d) a respectively , then locus of the centroid of triangle
2 PTN is parabolic curve for which :
4
x (a) vertex is , 0
17. Locus of all points on the curve y = 4a x a sin
2 3
a
(b) the equation of directrix is 3x – 2 = 0
at which the tangent is parallel to x-axis is :
(a) straight line. (b) circle. (c) focus is (2 , 0)
(c) parabola. (d) hyperbola. (d) equation of latus rectum is 2x – 3 = 0
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 162 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
24. Let a moving parabola with length of latus rectum because
8 units touches a fixed equal parabola , where the axes Statement 2 : The point ( 2 + sin2 t , 1 + 2sin t ) lies on
of moving parabola and fixed parabola being parallel. the curve (y – 1)2 = 4 (x – 2) for all real values of 't' .
If the locus of the vertex of moving parabolic curve is
conic 'S' , then : 27. Statement 1 : Let tangents be drawn to y2 = 4 ax from
(a) eccentricity of 'S' is 1. a variable point 'P' moving on x + a = 0 , then the
locus of foot of perpendicular drawn from 'P' on the
(b) length of latus rectum of 'S' is 16 units.
chord of contact is given by y2 + (x – a)2 = 0
(c) eccentricity of 'S' is 2. because
(d) length of latus rectum of 'S' is 32 units. Statement 2 : The intercept made by any tangent with
finile non-zero slope of the parabola between the
25. Let normals drawn at points A , B (0 , 0) and C to the directrix and point of tangency always subtends a right
parabola y2 = 4x be concurrent at point P (3 , 0). If angle at focus.
tangents drawn at 'A' and 'C' to the parabola intersects
at point 'D' , then :
(a) area of ABC is 2 square units. 28. Statement 1 : If normal drawn at any point 'P' on the
parabola y2 = 4ax meets the curve again at 'Q' , then
(b) quadrilateral PABC is cyclic. the least distance of Q from the axis of parabola
(c) circumcentre of ABC lies outside the triangle. is 4 2a
cs
(d) quadrilateral ADCP is cyclic. because
m
2
e
again at 't1' point , then t1 t and t1 2 2 .
t
h
t
Following questions are assertion and reasoning type
a a
questions. Each of these questions contains two 29. Statement 1 : Let perpendicular tangents of the conic
E e M h arm
statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2 y 2 8 x 4 y 4 0 intersects each other at point
JE iv .S
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
( , ) , then ' ' must be 3 and R
- t
answers , only one of them is the correct answer. Select
IIT c .K
the correct answer from the given options :
je Er L
because
.
b
(a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
Statement 2 : Locus of the point of intersection of
Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
O
perpendicular tangents to a parabolic curve is the
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true directrix of curve.
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
Statement 1. 30. Statement 1 : Let a normal chord PQ be drawn for
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false. parabola y2 = 4x with point 'P' being (4 , 4). Circle
described with PQ as diameter passes through the
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true. focus F (1 , 0)
[ 163 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Parabola
s
1 (a) (5d 2 c)(5a2 b) 1
c
(a) 2 units (b) unit
i
2
m
4
e
(c) (5a 2 b)(5d 2 c) 16 a 2 d 2
a
drawn to the curve 'C' , then 'P' can be :
t h
3. From point 'P' if perpendicular pair of tangents can be
a
(d) (5a 2 b)(5d 2 c) 4bd
1
(a) ,
4
e M 3
(b) 1,
E h arm Comprehension passage (3)
JE iv .S
4 2 ( Questions No. 7-9 )
IIT -
c t .K
je Er
1 3
L
Let parabolic curves 'C 1' and 'C 2' be given by
.
(c) , 3 (d) , 2
b
2 2 y + x2 + 2 = 0 and y2 + x + 2 = 0 respectively. Curve
O
'C' represents a circle with centre at 'C0' , where OP
Comprehension passage (2) and OQ are tangents from origin 'O' to the circle 'C'. If
( Questions No. 4-6 ) circle 'C' touches both the parabolic curves C1 , C2 ,
and have minimum area , then answer the following
Let C1 : y = x2 + 2ax + b and C2 : y = cx2 + 2dx + 1 be questions.
two parabolic curves having vertex points at 'A' and
'B' respectively. If the projection of 'A' and 'B' on the
x-axis is A' and B' respectively , as shown in the 7. Equation of circle 'C' is :
figure (1) , and AA' = BB' , OA' = OB' , where 'O' is
origin , t hen answer the following questions. (a) 4x2 + 4y2 + 33(x + y) + 19 = 0
(b) x2 + y2 + 11(x + y) + 10 = 0
(c) 4(x2 + y2) + 11(x + 3y) + 9 = 0
(d) 4(x2 + y2) + 11(x + y) + 9 = 0
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 164 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
9. A common tangent to the parabolic curves 'C1' and 14. Let a tangent be drawn to parabola y2 – 2y – 4x + 5 = 0
'C2' can be given by : at any point 'P' on it. If the tangent meets the
directrix at 'Q' and the moving point 'M' , divides QP
(a) 4x + 4y + 7 = 0 externally in the ratio 1 : 2 , then locus of 'M' passes
(b) 4x + 4y + 5 = 0
(c) 4x + 8y + 7 = 0 through ( , 0) . The value of ' ' is equal to ..........
(d) 8x + 4y + 5 = 0
15. Let the parabola y = ax2 + 2x + 3 touches the line
Comprehension passage (4) x + y – 2 = 0 at point 'P' . If a line through 'P' , parallel
( Questions No. 10-12 ) to x-axis , is drawn to meet y + 1 = | x | at 'Q' and 'R'
Let variable parabolic curves be drawn through the and the area of OQR (where 'O' is origin) is 'A'
fixed diametric ends (0 , r) and (0 , – r) of the circle 9A
x2 + y2 = r2 such that the directrix of variable parabolic square units , then value of is equal to ..........
11
curves always touch the circle x2 + y2 = R2 . If the path
traced by the focus of the variable parabolic curves is
represented by a conic section of eccentricity 'e' ,
then answer the following questions. 16. Let the tangent at point P(2 , 4) to the parabola y2 = 8x
meets the parabola y2 = 8x + 5 at 'A' and 'B'. If the
10. If R 2 (r 2 , 2r 2 ) , then eccentricity 'e' may be equal midpoint of AB is point ( , ) , then (2 ) is
to : equal to ..........
(a)
ics
(b) sin 4
m
(c) sin 1
e
the vertex of the parabola , then square of slope of the
h
(d) cos 2 normal chord is equal to ..........
JE iv .S
equilateral triangle ABC touch the parabola y2 – 4x = 0.
- t
If the vertices of ABC lie on the curve 'C' and curve
T c .K
(b) cosec
II
je Er
4
L
'C' passes through the point P(1 , k) , where 'P' lies
.
b
3 above the x-axis , then value of 'k' is equal to .........
O
(c) sec
8
(d) cos 3 19. Let tangent and normal drawn to parabola at point
P(2t 2 , 4t ) , t 0 , meets the axis of parabola at
12. If r 2 ( R 2 , 2 R 2 ) , then 'e' may be equal to :
points 'Q' and 'R' respectively. If rectangle PQRS
1 is completed , then locus of vertex 'S' of the rectangle
(a) is given by curve 'C'. Total number of integral points
2
inside the region of curve 'C' in the first quadrant is
3 equal to ..........
(b) sec
8
(c) 2 20. Let 'P' and 'Q' be the end points of the latus rectum
of parabolic curve y2 – 4y + 8x – 28 = 0 and point 'R'
(d) sec lies on the circle x2 + y2 – 4x – 4y + 7 = 0 . If PR + RQ
8 is minimum , then maximum number of locations for
point 'R' is / are .........
13. Let three normals be drawn from point 'P' with slopes
, and to the parabola y2 = 4x . If locus of 'P'
with the condition k is a part of the parabolic
curve y2 – 4x = 0 , then value of 'k' is equal to ..........
[ 165 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Parabola
21. Let points P (–6 , 4) , Q (–2 , 0) , R(2 , 4) and S (–2 , 8 ) form a quadrilateral PQRS and a parabolic curve 'C' with axis of
symmetry along y 4 0 passes through P , Q and S . With reference to curve 'C' , match the following
columns I and II.
Column (I) Column (II)
(a) Length of latus rectum of curve 'C' , is : (p) 8.
25
(b) Length of double ordinate of curve 'C' which (q) .
6
subtends an angle of 90º at the vertex of curve is :
(c) If 'F' is focus of curve 'C' and 'r' is the in-radius (r) 4.
of QFS , then value of 3r is equal to :
11
(d) Circum-radius of QFS is : (s) .
4
ics
t
22. Match the following columns (I) and (II)
Column (I)
m a Column (II)
e
(a) Parabolic curve y = x2 + 5x + 4 meets the x-axis at (p) –1
at h
'A' and 'B'. Length of tangent from origin to the
circle passing through 'A' and 'B' is equal to :
a
e M rm
(b) Point P( , 2) lies in the exterior region of both
E h a
(q) 1
JE iv .S
the parabolic curves y2 = | x |. If 'P' is integral point ,
IIT -
then ' ' can be equal to :
c t .K
je Er .L
(c) From point P (9 , – 6) , if two normals of slope m1 and (r) 2
b
m2 are drawn to parabola y2 = 4x , then m1m2 is equal to
O
(d) If two distinct chords through the point (a , 2a) of a
parabola y2 = 4ax are bisected by the line x + y = 1 ,
(s) 3
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 166 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c)
Ex
6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (c)
16. (b) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (a)
26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (b)
ics
at
em
1. (b) 2. (c)
at h a 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c)
Ex
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (c)
11. (c)
IIT -
12. (d)
c t .K 13. ( 2 ) 14. ( 5 ) 15. ( 8 )
16. ( 0 )
b je Er
17. ( 2 ) .L 18. ( 4 ) 19. ( 9 ) 20. ( 2 )
21. (a) r
(b) p
O
22. (a) r
(b) p , q , r , s , t
23. (a) q
(b) p , s
(c) r (c) r (c) r , s
(d) q (d) q , r , s (d) q , s
[ 167 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
6. If tangent is drawn at ' ' point to the ellipse
x2 27 y 2 27 , where 0 , , then value of
x2 y2 2
1. A tangent to the ellipse 1 is intersected by
a 2 b2 ' ' such that sum of intercepts on axes made by this
the tangents at the extremities of the major axis at 'P' tangent is minimum , is :
and 'Q' , then circle on PQ as diameter always passes
through :
(a) (b)
8 12
(a) one fixed point
(b) two fixed points
(c) (d)
s
6
c
(c) four fixed points 4
(d) three fixed points
h
2. A variable tangent of ellipse 1 meets the (a) (b)
t
a 2 b2 3 3
a
co-ordinate axes at A and B , then minimum area
M rm a
(in sq. units) of circumcircle of AOB , 'O' being the (c)
1
(d)
1
e a 3 2
E
origin , is given by :
JE iv .S h
- t
T c K
8. Minimum distance between the ellipse x 2 2 y 2 6
.
( a b) 2 . (b) (a 2 b2 ) .
II
(a)
je Er L
4
. and the line x y 7 0 is equal to :
(c) (a 2 b 2 ) .
4
O b
(d) (a b)2 .
4 (a) 4 2 (b) 2 2
(c) 5 (d) 10
3. Let P (x , y) be any point on ellipse 9x2 + 25y2 = 225 ,
if 'F1' and 'F2' are the focal points of ellipse , then 9. The line passing through the extremity A of the major
perimeter of F1 PF2 is : axis and extremity B of the minor axis of the ellipse
x2 + 9y2 = 9 meets its auxiliary circle at the point M.
(a) 10 (b) 18 Then the area of the triangle with vertices at A , M and
(c) 25 (d) 30 the origin O is equal to :
31 29
4. The chords of contact of tangents t o curve (a) sq. units (b) sq. unit
10 10
x2 + 8y2 = 8 from any point on its director circle intersect
the director circle at 'C' and 'D' , then locus of the 21 27
(c) sq. unit (d) sq. units
point of intersection of tangents to circle at 'C' and 10 10
'D' is :
10. The normal at a point P on the ellipse x2 + 4y2 = 16
(a) 16x2 + y2 = 81. (b) 64x2 + y2 = 243. meets the x-axis at Q. If M is the mid point of the line
(c) 64x2 + y2 = 16. (d) None of these. segment PQ , then the locus of M intersects the latus
rectums of the given ellipse at the points
5. If normal at an end of latus rectum of an ellipse
passes through one extremity of minor axis , then 3 5 2 3 5 19
(a) , (b) ,
eccentricity 'e' satisfy : 2 7 2 4
(a) e4 + e2 – 1 = 0 (b) e2 + e – 5 = 0
(c) e3 = 5/2 (d) e4 – e2 + 1 = 0 1 4 3
(c) 2 3 , (d) 2 3 ,
7 7
[ 168 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Ellipse
ics
t
3 2 2 3
a
(a) . (b) .
3 2
m
13. Area of ellipse for which focal points are (3 , 0) and
t h e
(–3 , 0) and point (4 , 1) lying on it , is given by :
(c)
3
4
. (d)
5
4
.
a a
(a) 18 sq. units (b) 9 2 sq. units
e a
(c) 243 sq. units (d) 18 sq. units
E
JE iv .S h
P( ) touches the parabola y2 = 4x , then tan is
- t
equal to :
T c K
14. Let tangents drawn from point 'P' to the ellipse
II .
je Er .L
x 2 4 y 2 36 meets the co-ordinate axes at concylic (a) 2 (b) 3
2 2
(a) x – y = 27 O b
points , then locus of point 'P' is given by :
2
(b) x + y = 272
(c) 1 (d) 4
(c) x2 – y2 = 16 (d) x2 + y2 = 16
15. Let the common tangent in Ist quadrant to the circle
x 2 y 2 16 and 4 x 2 25 y 2 100 meet the axes at
A and B , then area of AOB , where O is origin , is :
21. Let circle 'C' with centre (1 , 0) be inscribed in the
14 28
(a) (b) ellipse x 2 4 y 2 16 and the area of circle 'C' is
3 3
maximum , then
20
(c) (d) none of these (a) equation of director circle of 'C' is given by
3
9( x 1)2 9 y 2 121
x2 y2
16. Let ellipse 1 , where a > b , be centered at
a 2
b2 (b) equation of director circle of 'C' is given by
'O' and having AB and CD as its major and minor 3( x 1)2 3 y 2 22
axis respectively. If one of the focus of ellipse is 'F1' ,
the in-radius of triangle DOF 1 is 1unit and 11
(c) area of circle 'C' is sq. units.
OF1 = 6 units , then director circle of ellipse is 3
given by :
(a) x2 + y2 = 100 (b) x2 + y2 = 97/2 (d) circle 'C' is auxiliary circle for the ellipse
[ 169 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
x2 y2
22. Let one of the focus point of ellipse 1
a2 b2
be at F1 (4 , 0) and its intersection point with
positive y-axis be 'B' . If the centre of ellipse is 'C' Following questions are assertion and reasoning type
and circum-radius of CF1B is 2.5 units , then questions. Each of these questions contains two
statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
which of the following statements are incorrect :
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
(a) equation of director circle of ellipse is x2 + y2 = 34. answers , only one of them is the correct answer. Select
the correct answer from the given options :
(b) area of ellipse is 20 square units.
(a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
(c) director circle of auxiliary circle of the ellipse is Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
x2 + y2 = 50.
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
(d) length of latus rectum of ellipse is 4 units. but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
Statement 1.
23. Let ellipse E 1 : x 2 + 4y 2 = 4 is inscribed in a
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
rectangle aligned with co-ordinate axes , which in turn
is inscribed in another ellipse E2 that passes through (d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
the point (4 , 0). With reference to ellipse E1 and E2
which of the following statements are true :
(a) If point ( , ) lies in between the boundary
h
(b) If point (2 , ) lies outside the ellipse E2 , then
R [1 , 1] .
at a
because
M m
Statement 2 : Maximum number of normals which can
E ar
(c) Total number of integral points inside the ellipse
e
be drawn to any given ellipse from a point are four.
JE iv .S h
E1 are four.
IIT -
c t .K
(d) If point (2 , ) lies inside the ellipse E1 , then
je Er
x2 y 2
.L 27. Let any point 'P' lies on the ellipse 1 and
b
1 1 16 12
, .
O
2 2 PM1 , PM 2 are the distances of 'P' from x 8 0
and x 8 0 respectively..
x2 y 2
24. Let point 'P' lies on the ellipse 1 and normal Statement 1 : For point 'P' maximum value of
25 16
(PM1) (PM2) cannot exceed 64 square units
to ellipse at 'P' meets the co-ordinate axes at A and B.
If 'O' is the origin and M is the foot of perpendicular because
from origin to AB , then
(a) maximum area of AOB is 2.025 square units. Statement 2 : Area of PF1 F2 , where F1 and F2 are
(b) maximum value of OM is 2 units. foci of ellipse , can't exceed 4 3 square units.
(c) maximum value of OM is 1 unit.
81 28. Let C1 and C 2 be two ellipse which are given by
(d) maximum area of AOB is square. units.
80 x2 + 4y2 = 4 and x2 + 2y2 = 6 respectively and any
tangent to curve C1 meets the curve C2 at A and B.
25. Let variable point 'P' lies on the curve y x 2 and Statement 1 : If tangents drawn to curve C2 at points
PA , PB are tangents to the ellipse x2 + 3y2 = 9.
If APB is an acute angle , then x co-ordinate of A and B meet at point P , then APB
2
point 'P' can be given by :
because
1 1
(a) e (b) 2
e 2 Statement 2 : Locus of point 'P' is the director circle
of curve 'C1' .
3 9
(c) ln 2 (d) tan
2 2
[ 170 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Ellipse
29. Statement 1 : Let 'L' be variable line which is 30. Statement 1 : If point 'P' lies on a given ellipse with
tangential to fixed ellipse with foci F1 and F2 , then foci at F1 and F2 , then perimeter of PF1 F2 is constant
locus of the foot of perpendicular from foci to line 'L'
is the auxiliary circle of ellipse because
because Statement 2 : Perimeter of the ellipse is given by
Statement 2 : Product of the length of perpendiculars 2
from foci F1 and F2 to the line 'L' is always the square ( F1 F2 ) (1 1 e ) units , where 'e' is the
2e
of semi-minor axis of ellipse.
eccentricity of ellipse .
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
[ 171 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
6. If 'O' is origin and the area of OPQ is 2 square
units , then value of 'k' is
2 2
(a) (b)
Comprehension passage (1) 3 5
( Questions No. 1-3 )
5 5
(c) (d)
Let tangent at any point on the curve E1 : 4x2 + 9y2 = 36 4 4
s
initially its equat ion is given by
(c) y – 8 = 0 (d) 2y – 9 = 0
a
2. Positive slope of the common tangent to curve 'C1'
and 2x2 + 3y2 = 60 is :
m
answer the following questions.
(a) 1 (b)
1
a
positions of variable ellipse 'E' , where 'O' is origin ,
a
3
M
then the ordered pair (a , b) can be given by :
(c) (d) 2 3
rm
e
3
a
(a) (7 , 3) (b) (4 , 6)
E
JE iv .S h
- t
3. If from any point 'A' on the line 2x + 3y = 30 tangents (c) (8 , 6) (d) (12 , 6)
IIT c .K
AB and AC are drawn to curve 'C1' , then locus of the
circumcentre of ABC is :
O
(a) 4x + 6y = 27 (b) 2x + 3y = 15 all the positions of the variable ellipse 'E' , where 'O' is
origin , then the possible value of ' ' can be :
(c) 2x – 3y = 20 (d) 2x + 3y = 20
1
(a) e (b)
Comprehension passage (2)
( Questions No. 4-6 ) (c) e2 (d) 2 tan 1
Let variable ellipse x 2 + 4y2 = 4k2 , where k R , and 9. If the T1 OT2 remains obtuse for all the positions of
a fixed parabola y2 = 8x is having a common tangent the variable ellipse 'E' , where O is origin , then which
which meets the co-ordinate axes at P and Q , then one of the following relation must hold true :
answer the following questions.
(a) 2 a 2 b2 0
4. Let A be the point of contact of the common tangent (b) min{2a , 2b} a 2 b 2
2
with the ellipse and the eccentric angle of A is , (c) max{a , b} a 2 b 2
3
then value of 'k' is equal to : a b
(d) a 2 b2
(a) 4 (b) 8 2
(c) 6 (d) 5
[ 172 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Ellipse
2
11. Let common tangents of the curves y = 4x and 14. Let tangents drawn at A and B points on the ellipse
x2 + 4y2 = 8 meets on the x-axis at A and intersects the 4x2 + 9y2 = 36 meet at point P(1 , 3). If 'C' is the centre
positive and negative y-axis at B and C respectively. of ellipse and the area of quadrilateral PACB is
If parabola with its axis along the x-axis and vertex at A square units , then value of [ ] , where [.] represents
passes through B and C , then length of latus rectum the greatest integer function , is equal to ..........
of the parabola is ..........
ics
at
em
16. Match the following columns (I) and (II)
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
Column (I) Column (II)
IIT -
c t .K
je Er .L
(a) Number of points on the ellipse 2x2 + 5y2 = 100 from (p) 0
b
which pair of perpendicular tangents can be drawn to
the ellipse
x2 y 2
16 9
O
1 is / are :
x2 y 2
1 at four concyclic points , then (m1 + m2) must be : (r) 2
a 2 b2
x2 y2
(c) If all the normals of ellipse 1 intersects or touches
25 16
the circle x2 + y2 = r2 , then minimum value of 'r' is : (s) 4
2 2
(d) If the equation 3x + 4y – 18x + 16y + 43 – k = 0 represents an
ellipse , then values of 'k' can be :
[ 173 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
17. Let C1 : x2 + y2 = a2 and C2 : x2 + y2 = b2 be two circles , where b > a > 0 , and 'O' is origin. A line OPQ is drawn which
meets C1 and C2 at points P and Q respectively. If 'R' is the moving point for which PR and QR is parallel to the y-axis
and x-axis respectively and the locus of 'R' is an ellipse 'E' , then match the following columns for eccentricity 'e' of
the ellipse 'E' and the position of foci F1 and F2 of 'E' .
1
(b) If F1 and F2 lie inside the circle 'C1' , then eccentricity 'e' can be : (q) sin
2
(c) If F1 and F2 lie inside the circle 'C2' , then eccentricity 'e' can be : (r) cos
4
(d) If F1 and F2 don't lie inside the circle 'C1' , then eccentricity 'e' (s) cos(1)
can be :
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
[ 174 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Ellipse
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (b)
16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (a)
26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (b)
ics
at
em
1. (a) 2. (a)
at h a 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (b)
Ex
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. ( 1 )
11. ( 1 )
IIT -
c
12. ( 6 )
t .K 13. ( 6 ) 14. ( 7 ) 15. ( 4 )
16. (a) s
b je Er
17. (a) r .L
(b) p
(c) q
(d) q , r , s
O (b) q , s
(c) p , q , r , s
(d) p , r
[ 175 ]
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
6. If eccentricity of hyperbola x2 – y2 sec2 5 is 3
2
times the eccentricity of ellipse x2 sec2 y 25 ,
then is equal to :
1. If the chords of contact of tangents from (– 4 , 2) and
x2 y2 (a) (b)
(2 , 1) to the hyperbola 1 are at right 6 4
a 2 b2
angle , then eccentricity of the hyperbola is :
(c) (d)
3 2
3
(a) 2 (b)
2
s
7. A common tangent to 9x2 – 16y2 = 144 and x2 + y2 = 9
ic
5
t
(c) (d) 3 is :
2
m
2. Let 'P' be the point of intersection of xy = c2 and
a (a) y
3 x 15
(b) y
3 2 x 15
e
x2 – y2 = a2 in the first quadrant and tangents at P to 7 7
t
both curves intersect the y-axis at 'Q' and 'R'
a h
respectively , then circumcentre of PQR lies on :
a
(c) y
2 2 x 15
7
(d) None of these
(a) x + y = 1
E e M rm
(b) x – y = 1
h a
JE iv .S
(c) x-axis (d) y-axis 8. If a hyperbola is passing through origin and the foci
IIT -
c t .K
are (5 , 12) and (24 , 7) , then eccentricity of hyperbola
je Er L
is given by :
.
3. Slope of common tangent to the curves y2 = 4ax and
(a) 1
b
4xy = – a2 , where a R , is given by :
O (b)
a (a)
386
12
(b)
386
13
2
a 386
(c) – (d) a (c) (d) 2
2 25
x2 y 2
4. A normal to hyperbola 1 has equal
4 1 9. If a hyperbola passes through the focus of ellipse
intercepts on positive x and y axes and this normal
x2 y 2
2 2 1 and its transverse axis and conjugate axis
x y 25 16
touches the ellipse 2
1 , where a > b , then
a b2 coincides with major and minor axes of ellipse and the
a2 + b2 is equal to : product of eccentricity of ellipse and hyperbola is 1 ,
then the incorrect statement is :
5 75
(a) (b)
9 9
(a) eccentricity of hyperbola is 5/3.
5 18
(c) (d)
18 5 (b) foci of hyperbola is ( 5 , 0).
5. Number of common tangents which are possible to
x2 y 2
curves 12y2 – x2 + 12 = 0 and 4y2 + x2 – 16 = 0 (c) equation of hyperbola is 1.
is / are : 8 16
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 176 ]
Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Hyperbola
x2 y2
10. Let t he ellipse 1 and the hyperbola 15. If x 9 is the chord of contact of the hyperbola
a2 b2
x2 y 2 9 , then the equation of the corresponding
2 2
x y pair of tangents is :
2
1 be confocal , where a > b , and the
p q2 (a) 9 x2 8 y 2 18 x 9 0
length of minor axis of ellipse is equal to the length of
conjugate axis of hyperbola. If e1 and e2 represent the (b) 9 x2 8 y 2 18 x 9 0
eccentricity of ellipse and hyperbola respectively ,
(c) 9 x2 8 y 2 18 x 9 0
e12 e22
then the value of is equal to : (d) 9 x2 8 y 2 18 x 9 0
(e1e2 )2
(a) 4 (b) 6 16. If xy – 1 = cos2 , where [0, ] , represents a
(c) 2 (d) 1 family of hyperbola , then maximum area of the triangle
which can be formed by any tangent to t he
11. Let x cos y sin p be the equation of variable hyperbola and the co-ordinate axes , is given by :
chord of the hyperbola 2x2 – y2 = 2a2 which subtends
a right angle at the centre of hyperbola. If the variable (a) 8 sq. units.
chord is always tangential to a circle of radius 'R' , (b) 4 sq. units.
then :
s
(c) 16 sq. units.
c
(a) R2 = 3a2. (b) R2 = 5a2.
ti
(d) 2 sq. units.
(c) R2 = 2a2. (d) R2 = 4a2.
e
CP and CQ are drawn to the family of circles with
h
radius 2 units and centre lying on the hyperbola , then
t
Pr ( xr , yr ) on the curve xy = 4 be concurrent at
a a
the locus of the circumcentre of triangles CPQ is
M m
4 4 given by :
xr
yr
E
e a r
4
IT-J tiv K.S
h
Q( , ) , then r 1 r 1 is equal to :
E
(a) xy = 1. (b) xy = 2.
c .
(c) x2 + y2 = 1. (d) x2 – y2 = 1.
I
xr
e
j Er .L
r 1
b
18. If the product of the perpendicular distances of a
O
moving point 'P' from the pair of st raight
(a) (b) – lines 2x2 – 3xy – 2y2 + x + 3y – 1 = 0 is equal to 10 , then
16 16 locus of point 'P' is hyperbolic in nature whose
eccentricity is equal to :
(c) (d) –
4 4 (a) 10 (b) 2
13. Let 'F 1' and 'F 2 ' be the foci of the hyperbola 5 10
x2 – y2 = a2 and 'C' be its centre. If point 'P' lies on the (c) (d)
2 2
hyperbola and PF1.PF2 CP 2 , t hen value of
19. If tangent s are drawn from any point on t he
tan 1 ( ) is equal to :
hyperbola 4x2 – 9y2 = 36 to the circle x2 + y2 = 9 ,
then locus of the mid point of the chord of contact
(a) (b) is given by :
8 4
x y 2 ( x2 y 2 )2
(c) (d) (a) .
12 3 9 4 81
x2 y2
14. If 1 represents a hyperbola , then area of
4 x 2 9 y 2 ( x2 y 2 ) 2
a 2 b2 (b) .
4 81
triangle formed by the asymptotes and tangent to
hyperbola at point (a , 0) is equal to : 4 2
(c) 4 x 2 9 y 2 ( x y 2 )2 .
(a) 4ab sq. units. (b) 2ab sq. units. 9
ab
(c) ab sq. units. (d) sq. units. (d) 4 x 2 9 y 2 ( x 2 y 2 ) 2 .
2
ics
at
m
21. Let an ellipse E : b2 x2 + a2 y2 = a2b2 , a > b , intersects Following questions are assertion and reasoning type
the hyperbola H : 2x2 – 2y2 = 1 orthogonally. If the
e
questions. Each of these questions contains two
hyperbola , then :
at h
eccentricity of ellipse is reciprocal to that of the
a
statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
M m
answers , only one of them is the correct answer. Select
r
(a) ellipse and hyperbola are confocal
e a
the correct answer from the given options :
E
JE iv .S
(b) equation of ellipse is x2 + 2y2 = 4
h
t
(a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
- K
IIT c .
(c) the foci of ellipse are ( 1 , 0) Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
b je Er .L
(d) director circle for ellipse is x2 + y2 = 6 (b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
O
22. Let a hyperbola having the transverse axis of length
2 sin is confocal with the ellipse 3x2 + 4y2 = 12 ,
Statement 1.
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
then : (d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
(a) equation of hyperbola is
x2 sec2 – y2 cosec2 = 1. 26. Statement 1 : Total number of points on the curve
(b) focal points of hyperbola remain constant with x2 y2
change in ' '. 2
1 from where mutually perpendicular
a b2
(c) equation of hyperbola is tangents can be drawn to the circle x2 + y2 = a2 are
x2cosec2 – y2 sec2 = 1. four
(d) Directrix of hyperbola remains constant with because
change in ' '. Statement 2 : Circle x2 + y2 = 2a2 intersects the curve
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 178 ]
Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Hyperbola
because Statement 2 : If an ellipse and hyperbola are confocal
then they always meet orthogonally.
Statement 2 : ' ' point on the hyperbola
x2 y2 30. Statement 1 : If chord PQ of curve xy = 9 is parallel
1 is given by (a sec , b tan ) , where to its transverse axis , then circle with PQ as diameter
a2 b2
always passes through two fixed points
3 because
[0 , 2 ) , .
2 2 Statement 2 : The transverse axis of hyperbola xy = 9
is given by y – x = 0
28. Statement 1 : Two branches of a given hyperbola may
have a common tangent
because
Statement 2 : The asymptotes of hyperbola always
meet at the centre of the hyperbola.
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
s
(a) 3 (b) 2 respectively , then answer the following questions.
(c) 1 (d) 1/2
a
2. If circle x + y = 16 meets the curve 'C' at t1 , t2 , t3 and
m
(a) 4 (b) 5
e
4
(c) 10 (d) 8
h
2
t4 points , then t is equal to :
t
i
a
i 1
a
8. Area (in square units) bounded by the curve 'C' with
(a) 0 (b) 8
M m
its tangent at 'P' and the line 'L' in the first quadrant is
(c) 4 (d) – 4
E e ar equal to :
JE iv .S h
t
(a) 2 ln ( 2 1) (b)
-
3. If t 1 and t 2 are the roots of the equation 2 ln ( 2 1) 1
IIT c .K
je Er L
x2 – 4x + 2 = 0 , then point of intersection of tangents at
.
(c) 2 ln ( 2 1) 1 (d) 2 ln ( 2 1) 2
b
t1 and t2 points on the curve 'C' is :
O
(a) (4 , 4) (b) (2 , 1) 9. Let from point (1 , k) a perpendicular pair of tangents
can be drawn to the curve 'C' , then
(c) (2 , 4) (d) (6 , 3)
(a) exactly two real values of k exist.
Comprehension passage (2) (b) infinite real values of k exist.
( Questions No. 4-6 )
(c) no real 'k' exists.
Let point 'P' moves in such a way so that sum of the (d) none of these.
slopes of the normals drawn from it to the curve xy = 16
is equal to the sum of ordinates of the co-normal points.
If the path traced by moving point 'P' is represented
by curve 'C' , then answer the following questions.
4. Equation of curve 'C' is given by : 10. If the locus of the mid-points of the chords of length
2 2 4 units to the rectangular hyperbola xy = 4 is given by
(a) 4y – x = 0 (b) x – 12y = 0
the curve (x2 + y2)(xy – 4) = xy , then the value of
(c) y2 – 16x = 0 (d) x2 – 16y = 0
' ' is equal to ..........
5. If tangent to curve 'C' meets the co-ordinate axes at
M and N , then locus of the circumcentre of MON , 11. If normal at (5 , 3) of the hyperbola xy y 2 x 2 0
where 'O' is origin , is given by : meet the curve again at ( p , q 29) , then value of
(a) x2 + y = 0 (b) x2 + 2y = 0
q
(c) y2 – x = 0 (d) y + 2x2 = 0 is equal to ..........
4 p
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 180 ]
Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Hyperbola
12. Let point P( , ) lies on the hyperbola xy = 7! , 14. If the chords of hyperbola x2 y 2 4 touch the
where , I . If the total number of possible
parabola y 2 8 x and the locus of middle points of
N
locations for 'P' is N , then is equal to .......... these chords is given by y 2 ( x ) x3 0 , then
40
value of is equal to ..........
13. Maximum number of different lines which are normal
to parabola y2 = 4x as well as tangent to hyperbola
x2 – y2 = 1 is / are ..........
15. Match the curves in column (I) with the corresponding possibility for common normal and common tangent in
column (II).
t
2 2 2 2
(b) curves x + 16y = 16 and x + y = 4 have (q) no common tangent.
(c) curves x2 + 4y2 = 16 and x2 – 12y2 = 12 have
e
2 2 2 2
(d) curves x + y = 1 and x + y – 4x – 2y – 11 = 0 have (s) four common tangents.
at h a
M m
16. Match the following column (I) and column (II).
E e ar
Column (I)
JE iv .S h Column (II)
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
(a) The angle between the pair of tangents drawn to
24
(p) tan 1
7
O
the ellipse 3x2 + 2y2 = 5 from the point (1 , 2) is
75
(d) The angle between the tangents at (9 , 6) on y2 = 4x (s) tan 1
16
and the focal chord of the parabola through (9 , 6) is
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (d)
16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (b)
26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (d) 29. (a) 30. (b)
ics
at
em
1. (b) 2. (b)
at h
3. (b)
a 4. (d) 5. (b)
Ex
6. (d) 7. (b)
E e M ar
8. (c)
h
m 9. (c) 10. ( 4 )
JE iv .S
11. ( 5 )
IIT -
c
12. ( 3 )
t .K
13. ( 0 ) 14. ( 2 )
15. (a) p , r
b je Er
16. (a) r .L
O
(b) p , s (b) s
(c) p , q (c) p
(d) p , q (d) q
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 182 ]
Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Vectors
5. If a b x 0 ; a . x 7 and x . b 0 , a (1 , 1 , 1)
1. If b and c are two non-collinear unit vectors and a is and b(2 , 0 , 1) , then x is :
a. b c (a) 3i 4 j 6k
3 5
(b) i j 3k
any vector , then a . b b a . c c 2 b c 2 2
bc
(c) 3i 16 j 6k (d) 3i 5 j 6k
is equal to :
(a) 0 (b) a 6. If a , b , c are non-coplanar non-zero vectors and r
s
ic
(c) b (d) c is any vector is space , then
t
a
a b r c b c r a c a r b is :
m
2. In a quadrilat eral PQRS, PQ a , QR b and
e
(a) 2 a b c r (b) 3 a b c r
h
SP a b , M is mid point of QR and X is a point on
t
a
SM such that SX = kSM , if P , X and R are collinear , (c) a b c r
a
(d) 0
M
then k equals to :
rm
e a
4 7. If three concurrent edges of a parallelepiped represent
E
7
JE iv .S h
(a) (b)
t
7 4
- K
the vectors a , b , c such that a b c , R ,
IIT c .
je Er L
4 5
.
(c) (d) then volume of parallelepiped whose three concurrent
b
5 4 edges are the three concurrent diagonals of three faces
O
of given parallelepiped is :
3. If a and b are unit vectors perpendicular to each other (a) (b) 2
and c is another unit vector inclined at an angle to
(c) 3 (d)
2
both a and b , if c p a b q a b ; p , q R ,
then 8. If a , b and c are unit vectors , then value of
3 2 2 2
(a) (b) a b bc ca doesn't exceed :
4 4 4
(a) 4 (b) 9
(c) 0 (d) [0, ]
4 (c) 8 (d) 6
4. If non-zero vector a satisfy the condition
9. For coplanar points A a , B b , C c and D d if
k a i k j a k j i a j i 0 ,
a d .b c b d . c a 0 , then point D
for ABC is :
then a is equal to :
(a) Incentre
1 (b) Circumcentre
(a) 1 (b)
3
(c) Orthocentre
3 (d) Centroid
(c) (d) none of these
2 3
a b c b c .b c is always equal to : 17. If a and b are non-parallel vectors and 3(a b) and
(a) a (b) 1 b (a . b)a represent two sides of a triangle , then
internal angles of triangle are :
(c) 0 (d) none of these
(a) 90º , 45º , 45º
12. If equations r a b and r c d are consistent , (b) 90º , 60º , 30º
then
ics (c) 90º , 75º , 15º
t
(a) a . d b . c 0 (b) a . d c . d (d) none of these
(c) b . c a . d 0
(d) a . d c . d 0
m a
18. Let V 2i j k and W i 3k , if U is unit
t he
a i 2 j k , b i j k and c i j k .
vector , then minimum value of U V W is :
a a
13. Let
M
rm
A vector d lies in plane of a and b and its projection (a) 0 (b) 60
E e
JE iv .S
h a (c) 59 (d) 10 6
t
1
on c is of magnitude
- K
units , then b is :
3
IIT c
je Er .L. 19. If incident ray is along unit vector v and the reflected
b
(a) 2i j 2k (b) 4i j 3k
, the normal is along unit
O
ray is along unit vector w
(c) 3i j 2k (d) i 2 j 3k
vector a outwards , then w
is equal to :
14. Let a , b , c be three non-coplanar vectors where
b . a c . a b1 .c
b1 b 2 a and c1 c 2 a 2 b1 ,
a a b1
(a) v 2 a .v a (b) v 2 a .v a
then :
(a) b1 . b 0 (b) a b1 0
(c) b1 . c1 0 (d) c c1 0 (c) v 2 a .v a
(d) none of these
15. For non-zero vectors a , b , c the equality
e f 2e
20. If in a ABC , BC and AC ;
a b .c a b c holds if and only if : e f e
(a) a.b 0 ; b.c 0 . e f , then value of (cos 2A + cos 2B + cos 2C)
(b) b.c 0 ; c.a 0 . is :
(c) a.c a.b 0 . (a) – 1 (b) 0
(d) a.b b.c c.a 0 . 3
(c) 2 (d)
2
t
r . a 0 , r b r b and r c r c , then
23. If A a , B b , C c and D d
m a form a cyclic
a b c is equal to :
quadrilateral , then value of
t h e (a) 0
(b) a
b
c
a
ab b d d a
a
bc ca d b
M
m
(c) a b c (d) a b c
r
is :
e
a
ba . d a bc . d c
E
JE iv .S h
- t
30. Let ABCD be parallelogram , where A1 and B1 are the
je Er L
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) (d) 4
. 4
b
AA1 AB1 AC , then ' ' is equal to :
O
4
24. For non-coplanar vectors a,b,c if 3
(a) (b)
3 2
r a . b c a . c b then which one of the following
4 5
options is incorrect ? (c) (d)
5 4
(a) r . a 0 (b) r .b c 0
(c) r . a c 0
(d) r b c a
25. If a 3i 2 j 2k and b i 2k are adjacent sides 31. In triangle ABC , let CB a , CA b and the altitude
of a parallelogram , then angle between its diagonals
from vertex B on the opposite side meets the side CA
is :
2 at D. If CD and DB , then :
3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 3 4 3
a .b a
(a) 2
a .b b
(b) 2
26. If a xi ( x 1) j k and b ( x 1)i j ak a b
always form an acute angle with each other x R ,
then 2
(a) a ( , 2) (b) a (2 , )
b a a . b b b a b
(d)
(c) 2 2
(c) a ( , 1) (d) a (1 , ) b b
3 5
(c) tan , tan (d) 1 ,
8 8 4
the greatest integer function. If a b 0 , then :
(a) unique value of x exists in 0 , .
2
Following questions are assertion and reasoning type
(b) exactly two values of x exist in 0 , . questions. Each of these questions contains two
2 statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
3 answers , only one of them is the correct answer.
(c) no value of x exist in , .
2 Select the correct answer from the given options :
3 (a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
(d) unique value of x exists in
, . Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
2
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
33. Let a and b be two unit vectors such that a . b 0. A
s
Statement 1.
point P moves so that at any time t the position vector
tic (c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
OP is given by (cos t )a (sin t )b . When 'P' is
a
m
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
e
farthest from origin 'O' , let 'L' be the length of OP 36. Statement 1 : Let a , b , c be three non-zero vectors
h
and n be the unit vector along OP , then :
t
a
a
such that a b c is perpendicular to a b c ,
a b a b
M m
(a) n (b) n
a b
E e ar
a b
then value of a . c must be zero
JE iv .S h
- t
because
(c) L 1 a . b
IIT c .K
(d) L 1 2a . b
je Er L
.
Statement 2 : a b c reprsents a vector which lie
b
O
in the plane of vectors b and c , and is perpendicular
34. If R , a ( 2 ) i j k , b i ( 2 ) j k and
to a where the magnitude of a , b , c is non-zero.
c i j ( 2 )k , t hen which of the following
statements are correct ? 37. Statement 1 : Let a i 2 j 4k , b i j 6k be
(a) a b . c is zero for exactly one positive value two vectors such that r a a b and r b b a ,
of . then unit vector along the direction of r is given by
1
(b) a b .c is zero for exactly four real values of , 2i j 2k
9
(c) a b . c is zero for exactly one negative value because
Statement 2 : r is parallel to a b.
of .
(d) a b . c is zero for at least four real values of . 38. Statement 1 : If u , v , w are non-coplanar
vectors and p , q R , then the equality
35. Let a , b , c be the sides of a scalene triangle and
3u pv pw pv w qu 2 w qv qu 0
R. If angle between the vectors and is not
holds for exactly one ordered pair (p , q)
, where (a b c )i 3 j ac k and because
more that
2 Statement 2 : if ax 2 bxy cy 2 0 where
(a b c )i (ab bc) j 3 k , then exhaustive a , b , c R and a 0 , b 2 4 ac 0 , then x y 0 ,
set of values of ' ' contains : provided x , y R.
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
PS
4. The value of is equal to :
QR
4i j k respectively. If point D lies on the side AC, 5. The value of ' ' is equal to :
where AD . BD 0 , then answer the following 5 5 5 1
(a) (b)
questions. 2 2
5 1 5 5
(c) (d)
4 4
s
1. If 'O' represents the origin , then value of OD is
ic
t
equal to : 6. The position vector of centre 'C0' is :
a 5 5 5 5
5 15
m
(a) 3 (b) 2 (a) pq (b) pq
e
7 7 10 2
(c)
50
7
(d)
39
7
at h a
(c)
5 5
5
pq (d)
5 5
10
pq
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
Comprehension passage (3)
- t
2. Area ( in square units ) of the triangle CDB is equal ( Questions No. 7-9 )
IIT c .K
je Er
to :
.L Let e1 , e2 , e3 and f 1 , f 2 , f 3 be two sets of non-
b
150 6 75 6
O
(a) (b)
49 49 1 ; m n
coplanar vectors such that e m . f n ,
0 ; m n
10 3 60 5
(c) (d)
7 7 where m , n {1 , 2 , 3}. If values of e1 e 2 e3
3. The angle DBC is equal to : and f 1 f 2 f 3 are positive , then answer the
2 10 following questions.
(a) (b) cos 1
12 7
7. The least value of 16 e1 e 2 e3 9 f 1 f 2 f 3 is
3 5 13 equal to :
(c) cos 1 (d) cos 1
7
7 (a) 10 (b) 24
(c) 12 (d) 20
Comprehension passage (2)
( Questions No. 4-6 ) 8. Let e1 e 2 e 2 e3 e3 e1 and
f 1 f 2 f 2 f 3 f 3 f 1 , then roots of the
Let P p , Q p r , R r , S p
and T r
represents the vertices of a regular polygon PQRST , equation 2e1 4e 2 3e3 x 2 ( ) x 2 f 1 f 2 3 f 3 0
where the area (in square units) enclosed by the are :
polygon is given by p r . If the centre of polygon (a) real and distinct (b) real and equal
PQRST is C0 , then answer the following questions. (c) imaginary (d) real
14. Let u , v , w be three non-coplanar unit vectors ,
10. Let a and b be two non-collinear unit vectors such where u . v cos , v . w cos and w . u cos .
If x , y and z are the unit vectors along the bisector
a b a b
that
2
a b 1 , then value of is equal
t
ab
a
1
to ..........
2 2 2 2
m
2
e
3
(a
h
11. Let br cr ) 6 , where ar , br , cr are non- is equal to ..........
t
r
r 1 x y y z z x
a a
negative real numbers and r {1 , 2 , 3}. If 'V' be
E e M
the volume of the parallelepiped formed by three
h arm
JE iv .S
cot erminous edges represent ing the vect ors
IIT -
c t
a1 i a2 j a3 k , b1 i b2 j b3 k and c1 i c2 j c3 k ,
.K
je Er .L
then the maximum value of 'V' is equal to ..........
O b
15. Match the following columns (I) and (II).
(b) If a , b , c are forming three adjacent sides of (q) a . b b . c c . a 0
regular tetrahedron , then
(c) If a b c , b c a , where a , b , c are non-zero (r) a b b c c a
vectors , then
3
(d) If a , b , c are unit vectors , and a b c 0 , (s) a . b b . c c . a
2
then
(a) If a , b , c are three collinear vectors , then (p) the vectors are position vectors of three collinear
points
(b) If a , b , c are three coplanar vectors , then (q) the volume of parallelopiped formed by the
vectors is non-zero
(c) If a , b , c are three non-coplanar vectors , then (r) the volume of parallelopiped formed by the
vectors is zero
(d) If a , b , c are three non-zero vectors such that (s) there exists a plane which contain all the three
exactly two of them are collinear , then vectors
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (d)
16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (c)
26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (a) 30. (b)
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
1. (d)
IIT -
2. (a)
c t .K 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (d)
Ex
6. (d)
b je Er
7. ( b ) .L 8. ( c ) 9. ( d ) 10. ( 2 )
11. ( 8 ) O
12. ( 3 ) 13. ( 9 ) 14. ( 4 )
r. ai b j 4k 5 , then value of (a + b) is :
7. A plane P1 0 passes through (1 , –2 , 1) and is normal
to two planes : 2x – 2y + z = 0 and x – y + 2z + 4 = 0 ,
(a) 4 (b) – 4
then distance of the plane P1 0 from (1 , 2 , 2) is :
s
(c) 8 (d) –8
a
x 4 y 6 z 1
2. If the line and the line of
m
3 5 2 (c) 3 2 (d) 4
intersections of plane 3x – 2y + z + 5 = 0 and
2x + 3y + 4z – K= 0 are coplanar , then value of
t h e
8. The lines whose vector equation are r a b and
a a
'K' equals to :
M
r c d are coplanar , where , R , then :
(a) 4 (b) 2
m
r
e
(c) –1 E h a
JE iv .S
(d) 3 (a) a b . c d 0
(b) a c . b d 0
IIT -
ec t L.K
(c) b c . a d 0 (d)
b d . a c 0
j r.
x 1 y k z 1
b
E
3. If line is contained by the plane
2k 1 4 9. If the equations , ax + by + cz = 0 , bx + cy + az = 0
3x + 4y + (k + 2)z + 1 = 0 , then :
(a) k = 1 O (b) k = –2
and cx + ay + bz = 0 represents the line x = y = z ,
then
(a) ab + bc + ac = a2 + b2 + c2 ; a + b + c = 0
(c) k = 2 (d) no real 'k' exists
(b) ab + bc + ac a2 + b2 + c2 ; a + b + c = 0
4. Minimum distance between the lines given by
(c) ab + bc + ac = a2 + b2 + c2 ; a + b + c 0
x 2 y 1 z 2 x 1 y 3 z 1
and is (d) ab + bc + ac a2 + b2 + c2 ; a + b + c 0
1 2 1 1 2 1
equal to :
10. Let plane P 0 passes through the intersection of
2 planes 2x – y + z – 3 = 0 and 3x + y + z – 5 = 0.
(a) 3 (b)
3
1
If distance of plane P 0 from (2 , 1 , –1) is
4 6
(c) (d) none of these
5 then its equation can be :
(a) 2x – y + z + 3 = 0 (b) 62x + 29y + 19z – 105 = 0
5. Let P(3 , 2 , 6) be a point in space and Q be a point (c) 2x + y – z – 3 = 0 (d) 62x – 29y + 19z + 105 = 0
on the line r (i j 2k ) (3i j 5k ). Then the
11. Let plane P 1 = 0 passes through the points
value of for which the vector PQ is parallel to the (1 , –1 , 1) , (1 , 1 , 1) and (–1 , – 3 , – 5). If point
plane x – 4y + 3z = 1 is : (3, , 7) lies on the plane P1 = 0 , then number of
possible values of ' ' is / are :
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) – (c) (d) – (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 0 (d) infinite
4 4 8 8
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 192 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
3-Dimensional Geometry
12. The angle between the lines whose direction
18. Let OA a , OB b and OC c be three unit
cosines are given by the relations , l2 + m2 – n2 = 0 and
l + m + n = 0 , is given by : vectors which are equally inclined to each other at an
2
angle of . The angle between line r a and the
(a) (b) 5
2 6
(c) 0 (d)
plane r b . b c 0 , where ' ' is parameter
4 and 'O' is origin , is given by :
s
P1 = 0 intersects the co-ordinate axes at A , B
ic
x y z 2 0 and C , then volume of tetrahedron OABC , where 'O'
at
If no common point exists which may satisfy all the
is origin , is given by :
m
three planes simultaneously , then : 18 9
(a) cubic units. (b) cubic units.
e
(a) R {1} (b) 2 5 4
(c) 2
at h
(d) 1 and 2
a
(c)
9
6
cubic units. (d)
18
cubic units.
M
4
rm
15. The distance of the point (1 , –2 , 3) from the plane
E e
JE iv .S h a
x y z 5 0 , measured parallel to the line 20. If a line with direction ratios 0, 2 , 1 meet the
x y z 1
IIT -
c t .K
je Er L
x 3 y 1 z 4 x 1 y 2 z 2
.
, is equal to :
2 3 6 lines and
b
5 2 3 1 3 2
(a) 1 unit (b) 2 units
O
at 'A' and 'B' respectively , then the length of line
(c) 3 units (d) 5 units segment AB is given by :
(a) 2 5 (b) 4 2
16. If a variable plane passes through the point
(1 , 1 , 1) and meets the co-ordinate axes at
(c) 5 (d) 3 5
A , B and C , then locus of the common point of
intersection of the planes through A , B and C and
21. If the plane 4x + 3y + 2 = 0 is rotated about its line of
parallel to the coordinate planes is given by :
(a) x + y + z = xyz (b) xy + yz + zx = xyz
intersection with the plane z = 0 by an angle of ,
4
(c) x2 + y2 + z2 = xyz (b) xy + yz + zx = x + y + z
then the length of perpendicular from origin to the
plane in new position is given by :
17. Let P1 : r.n1 d1 0 , P2 : r.n2 d 2 0 and
2 3 2
(a) (b) (c) 5 (d)
P3 : r.n3 d2 0 be three planes , where n1 , n2 and 5 5 5
n3 are three non-coplanar vectors. If three lines are
22. A variable plane is at a constant distance of 2 units
defined in unsymmetrical form by , P1 P2 0 , from the origin 'O' and meets the co-ordinate axes at
A , B and C. Locus of the centroid of the tetrahedron
P2 P3 0 and P1 P3 0 , then the lines are :
OABC is given by :
(a) concurrent at a point.
1 1 1
(b) coincident. (a) x 2 y 2 z 2 1 (b) 16
x2 y2 z2
(c) coplanar.
1 1 1
(d) parallel to each other. (c) 2
2
4 (d) x 2 y 2 z 2 4
x y z2
[ 193 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
23. If the planes x – cy – bz = 0 , cx – y + az = 0 and 28. Let a i 2 j k , b i j k and c i j k .
bx + ay – z = 0 pass through a unique straight line ,
then value of a2 + b2 + c2 + 2abc is equal to : 1
(a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) 4
If r . a b 0 and projection of r on c is
3
,
then r can be given by :
24. Let plane P1 = 0 passes through the point P( , , )
and meets the co-ordinate axes at A , B and C. If 'O' (a) 2i 5 j 2k (b) i j k
is origin and OP is normal to plane P1 = 0 , then area
(c) 2i j 2k (d) i j k
of ABC , where OP , is given by :
s
(c) 12 (d) 15 at the maximum N different planes are possible which
a
(a) N is prime number (b) N is even integer
em
26. Let P1 : r .a 1 d1 0 , P2 : r . a 2 d 2 0
(c) N is more than 4 (d) N is less than 6
at h a
and P3 : r.a 3 d3 0 be the vector equations of three
distinct non-parallel planes such t hat
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
a1 . a 2 a 3 0 , where d12 d 22 d 32 0 , then Following questions are assertion and reasoning type
IIT -
c t .K
questions. Each of these questions contains two
je Er
which of the following statements are incorrect :
.L
statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
b
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
(a) for point P r 1 ,if r 1 . a 1 d1 0, r 1 . a 2 d 2 0
O
answers , only one of them is the correct answer.
Select the correct answer from the given options :
and r1 . a 3 d3 0 , then there exists infinitely
(a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
many points which are equidistant from the given
Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
three planes.
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
(b) for point P r1 , if r1 . a 1 d1 0, r1 . a 2 d 2 0
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
Statement 1.
and r1 . a 3 d3 0 , then P2 P1 P3 for
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
some scalar quantities and .
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
(c) number of common solutions of the plane
r . n d 4 0 with given three planes P1 , P2 and 31. Consider the following planes ,
P3 is either zero or one. P1 : ax + by + cz = 0
P2 : bx + cy + az = 0
(d) for point P r 1 , if r 1 . a 1 d1 0 , r1 .a 2 d 2 0
P3 : cx + ay + bz = 0
and r1 . a 3 d 3 0 , then point 'P' can be origin Statement 1 : If a , b , c are three distinct rcal
(i.e. (0 , 0 , 0)). numbers , then the planes P1 , P2 , P3 have a common
line of intersection when a + b + c = 0.
27. If the planes kx 4 y z 0 , 4x + ky + 2z = 0 and
because
2x + 2y + z = 0 intersects in a straight line , then possible
values of 'k' are a2 b2 c2
Statement 2 : 1 , if a , b , c are three
(a) 2 (b) 6 ab bc ca
(c) 1 (d) 4 distinct real numbers.
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 194 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
3-Dimensional Geometry
32. Let the vector equation of the lines L1 and L2 be 34. Let A , B , C be the internal angles of triangle ABC ,
given by r i 2 j 3k 2i 3 j 4k
and and the plane
x
y
z
1 meet the
sin A sin B sin C
r 2i 4 j 5k 4i 6 j 8k respectively.. co-ordinate axes at P , Q and R. If 'O' represents the
origin , then
Statement 1 : Shortest distance between L1 and L2
Statement 1 : volume of tetrahedron OPQR cannot
5
is equal to units 3
29 exceed cubic units
16
because because
Statement 2 : for L1 and L2 there exists infinite lines Statement 2 : maximum value of sin A sin B sin C
of shortest distance. 3 3
is , where A B C .
8
33. In tetrahedron OABC , let the position vectors of 35. Statement 1 : Let the direction cosines of a variable
line in two adjacent positions be l , m , n and
A , B , C be a , b and c respect ively , where
l l , m m , n n , where is the small angle
s
c ca b
c
in radians between the two positions of the line , then
Statement 1 : If a b c 1 , then maximum
ati ( ) 2 ( l ) 2 ( m) 2 ( n) 2
m
because
e
1
h
volume of the tetrahedron OABC is cubic units 1
( l ) ( m) ( n)
t a
12 Statement 2: sin 2 2 2 2
2 2
a
because
M
E ive .Sh
rm
Statement 2 : the volume of tetrahedron OABC is
E a
maximized if the faces OAB and OAC form right angled
J
IIT ct .L.K
trianges.
-
b je Er
O
ics C2
12 , 2 , 0 , C3 x3 , y3 , 0 , C4 x4 , y4 , z4
t
2. Common line of intersection of the planes
1 0 , 2 0 , 3 0 can be given by :
e
x 1 y 1 z 1 x 1 y 1 z 1 the spherical balls S1 , S2 , S3 and S4 , where the points
h
(a) (b)
t
5 2 1 5 2 1 of contact are respectively P1 , P2 , P3 and P4 , then
a a
answer the following questions.
x 1 y 1 z 2
M m
(c) (d) none of these
5 2 1
JE iv .S h (a) 4 3 2 2 (b) 3 2 2 3
IIT -
c t K
3. If plane 3x y 7 z 0 contains the common
.
je Er L
(c) 4 2 3 (d) 3 2
.
line of intersection of planes 1 0 , 2 0 and
O b
3 0 , then value of ( 2 ) is :
(a) 0 (b) 1
8. If the centre of 'S' is ( , , ) , then value of
log 2 is equal to :
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 196 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
3-Dimensional Geometry
Column (I)
i cs Column (II)
t
a
(a) If the straight lines r r1 a and r r 2 b are
(p) r 1 r 2
m
th e
coplanar , where , are scalars , and c. a b 0 ,
a a
then c is equal to (q) a b
M m
e r
(b) If the straight lines r r1 a and r r 2 b are
E a
JE iv .S h
IIT ct .L.K
-
intersecting at a point , where , are scalars , then (r) r 1 r 2 . a b 0
je Er
b
(c) If r r1 a and r r 2 b are two skew lines ,
O
then vector along the line of shortest distance is (s) r1 r 2 . a b 0
parallel to
(d) If line joining P r 1 and Q r 2 is L1 and point with
(t) r 1 r 2 . a b 0
position vector a b lies on the line L1 , then
1
(a) The angle between any two faces of the tetrahedron (p) cos 1
3
ABCD is
(b) The angle between any edge and a face not containing
(q) tan 1 2 3
that edge is
5 1
(c) The angle between two opposite edges of the (s) sin 1
4
tetrahedron is
ics
at
(d) The volume ( in cubic units ) of the tetrahedron is (t) sin–1 (1)
m
more than
t h e
M a rm a
E e
JE iv .S h a
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 198 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
3-Dimensional Geometry
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (a)
16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (d) 25. (c)
31. (b) 32. (d) 33. (a) 34. (a) 35. (c)
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (b)
Ex
IIT -
c t .K
je Er .L
6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. ( 4 )
11. ( 3 )
15. (a) p O b
12. ( 5 )
16. (a) r
13. ( 2 )
17. (a) r
14. ( 2 )
1 2
ics
t
(a) a b2 c 2 1 1 p
7. If tan , then cos(8 ) is equal to :
a
2
1 1 p
m
1 2
a b 2 c 2 2ac
e
(b)
(b) 2 p 1 p 2
h
2 (a) 2p2 – 1
(c)
1 2
a b 2 c 2 2bc
at a
(c) 2p2 + p (d) none of these
M m
2
1 2
E e ar 8. The value of {sin 144º. sin 108º. sin72º. sin36º} is
JE iv .S h
(d) a b 2 c 2 2ab equal to :
- t
2
T c K
3 5 7 1
II .
je Er
(a) (b) (c) (d)
.L
3. If (2 cos ) cos 2 cos 1 ; 0 , 16 16 16 16
then value of
O
tan / 2
tan / 2 b
is equal to : 9. The value of tan 6 20 33tan 4 20 27 tan 2 20 is :
(a) 2 (b) 4
1
(a) (b) 3 (c) 3 (d) none of these
3
1 10. The value of
(c) 1 (d)
2 3 7 9
1 cos 10 1 cos 10 1 cos 10 1 cos 10
2 4 16
4. The value of 32.cos .cos .cos .cos is equal to :
15 15 15 15
is equal to : 1 1
(a) (b)
(a) –2 (b) 1 8 16
(c) –1 (d) 2 1
(c) (d) none of these
32
5. If a cos b sin c and a cos b sin c , then
cos A sin A
value of tan is equal to : 11. If n , m , then sin2B is equal to :
2 cos B sin B
a b 1 n2 1 n2
(a) (b) (a) (b)
b c m 2 n2 m 2 n2
b bc 1 n 1 n
(c) (d) (c) (d)
a a mn m2 n2
12. If 2 4
2 2 2 2 1/ 2 2 2 2 2 1/ 2
19. If f ( ) sin 2 sin 2 sin 2 ;
f ( ) (a cos b sin ) ( a sin b cos ) 3 3
then maximum value of f ( ) is :
then value of f is equal to :
(a) a 2 b2 (b) 2(a 2 b 2 ) 15
2 3 1
(c) 2 a 2 b 2 (d) none of these (a) (b) (c) (d) 1
3 2 3
tan x n 20. If cot A , cot B , cot C are in A.P. for ABC , then
13. Let f ( x) and x n or ; n I , then
tan 3x 3 2 sin A cos B sin C is :
inteval in which f (x) lies is : (a) tan2B (b) sin2B
1 1 (c) sec2B (d) cot2 B
(a) R , 2 (b) R , 3
2 3
21. Let i , i R for all i 1 , 2 , 3 . if
1 1
(c) R , 3 (d) R , 2
3 2 3 3
sin 2 i cos 2
i
s
sin
2 i 1 i 1 and
c
14. If cos 6 sin 6 K sin 2 (2 ) 1 ; 0
i
, then 3 2
t
2 sin .cos
a
i i
value of K is equal to : i 1
(a)
3
(b)
1
em
h
4 4 3 3
(c)
1
(d)
1
at a
i 1
cos 2
sin 2 i
i 1
cos2 i
,
M m
then
r
3 8 2
e a
3
E
JE iv .S h
sin i .cos i
t
i 1
-
15. The value of cos 2 10 o cos10 o .cos 50 o cos 2 50 o is :
K
4 IIT c
je Er .L.1 4 4
b
(a) (b) (a) sin 2 cos2 1. (b) sin cos 1.
3 3
O
4 8 8 8
3 (c) sin cos 2. (d) sin cos 1.
(c) (d) 3
4
22. Let 2 cos A cos B cos3 B and
16. If A + B + C = 0 , then value of the expression 2 sin A sin B sin 3 B , then sin 2 (2 B) is :
{sin2A+cos C(cos A cos B–cos C)+ cos B (cosA cosC –cosB)} 1 8
is equal to : (a) (b)
25 9
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 0 (d) –1 1 1
(c) (d)
4 36
17. Value of (tan 40º + 2tanº 10) is :
(a) cot 50º (b) cot 40º 1/ 2
x 2 x 1
(c) cot 10º (d) cot 20º 23. Let for all x R , tan 2 , where
x x 1
18 3
(0 , 2 ) , , then value of ' ' can be :
18. sin 2 (5r )o is equal to : 2 2
r 1
3 5
19 (a) (b)
(a) 9 (b) 8 12
2
6 13
21 17 (c) (d)
(c) (d) 5 12
2 2
s
questions. Each of these questions contains two
c
n
i
statements , Statement 1 (Assertion) and Statement 2
t
26. Let f n ( ) tan . (1 sec(2r )) , then
(Reason). Each of these questions has four alternative
a
r 1
answers , only one of them is the correct answer. Select
m
the correct answer from the given options :
e
h
(a) f 2 1 (a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
t
16
a
Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
a
M
m
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
r
(b) f3 2 1
e a
64 but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
E
JE iv .S h Statement 1.
- t
(c) f 2 2 3
IIT c .K (c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
je Er L
48
.
b
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
O
(d) f5 3 1 31. In a triangle ABC with fixed base BC , t he
128
A
vertex A moves such that cos B cos C 4sin 2 .
27. Which of the following are rational numbers ? 2
If a , b and c denote the side lengths of triangle
(a) sin .cos (b) 3.cosec sec opposite to the angles A , B and C respectively , then
12 12 9 9
Statement 1 : locus of vertex point A is an ellipse
(c) sin .cos (d) sin 12º . sin 48º . sin 54º because
10 5
Statement 2 : In the given ABC , b , a and c form an
28. Solution set {x , y} for the system of equations
arithmetic progression.
1 1
x – y = and cos 2 ( x ) sin 2 ( y ) can be
3 2 sin 4 cos 4 1
32. Let , where R , then
given by : 3 7 10
7 5 2 1 sin 8 cos8
(a) , (b) ,
6 6 3 3 Statement 1 : Value of is equal to
27 343
5 7 13 11
(c) , (d) , 1
6 6 6 6 sgn ln . log 3 10 10
2
6
because
29. If sin 3 x.sin 3 x a m cos m x , where a0 , a1 , a2 , ...a6
m0
3
are constants , then Statement 2 : Value of tan 2 .
7
a b because
33. Let 1 , 2 ,3 R , and cos 1 , cos 2
bc ab
c Statement 2 : In any triangle PQR ,
and cos 3 , where the sides a , b , c of
a b sin 2 P sin 2 Q sin 2 R (2 4 cos P.cos Q.cos R )
triangle ABC are in A.P.
Statement 1 : Value of tan 2 1 tan 2 3 is equal 35. Consider any triangle ABC having internal angles
2
2
2 , and , where , , .
to 2
3
Statement 1 : If tan tan tan 6 4x x 2 for
because
all x R , then triangle ABC is essentially an acute
3
p angled triangle
2 2 1
Statement 2 : tan
p 1
2
2
1 and tan
2
3 because
Statement 2 : In any triangle except the right-angled ,
34. Statement 1 : For t riangle ABC , if sum of the tangent of internal angles is always equal
to the product of tangent of internal angles.
2 2 2
s
sin A sin B sin C 2 , then triangle must be
right angled
tic
m a
t h e
M a rm a
E e
JE iv .S h a
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
1. Using the identit y cos 4 sin 4 cos 2 , t he 6. The value of tan 6 .tan 42 .tan 66 . tan 78
o o o o
is
value of tan 2 which is obtained from the given equal to :
s
relation ..... (1) of passage is equal to :
c
b 1 b2
i
(a) (b)
t
1 cos 1 cos a 2
a
(a) (b)
a
sin sin
2b 1 a
m
(c) (d)
e
1 cos 1 sin 3a b 1
(c) (d)
h
sin cos
at a
2. Using the identity sin .cos3 cos sin 3 sin cos ,
E e M h arm
the value of tan 2 which is obtained from the given
JE iv .S
relation ...(1) of passage is equal to :
2 cos
IIT -
c t .K
2 sin
je Er .L
(a) (b)
1 2 sin x 1 cos x
b
sin n x cos n x
7. If Tn , t hen value of
O
2 sin sin n
(c) (d)
1 2 cos 1 cos
1
3. If ' ' is eliminated from relation ...(1) of passage , then T4 T6 1 is equal to ..........
2
quadratic in which is obtained , is equal to :
(a) 2 2 cos 1 0
8. If sin is a root of the cubic equation
(b) 2 2 sin 1 0 14
8 x 3 4 x 2 4 x 0 and [.] represents the greatest
(c) 2 2 cos 1 0
(d) 2 2 sin 1 0 integer function , then value of is equal to ..........
2
Comprehension passage (2)
( Questions No. 4-6 ) 7 n
(2r 1) 1
9. If sin 14 , then value of
2
r 1
19
Let value of tan a a b ab , where 2
24 n
is equal to ..........
b > a > 0 , then answer the following questions. 4
11. Let sin sin a and cos cos b , where a b , then match the following columns (I) and (II).
(a 2 b 2 ) 2 4b 2
(a) tan tan (p)
4(a 2 b 2 )
2ab
(b) cos .cos (q)
(a b 2 )
2
8ab
(c) cos (r)
(a b 2 ) 2 4b 2
2
4ab
s
(d) sin( ) (s)
c
( a b 2 ) 2 2b 2
2
ati b2 a2
m
(t)
b2 a 2
t h e
M a
12. Match the following columns (I) and (II).
rm a
Column (I)
E e
JE iv .S h a Column (II)
IIT -
c t .K
je Er L
.
(a) If x , , then the output set of (p) (1 , 2]
b
2 2
O
f ( x) 4sin x 21sin x 4 contain the interval(s)
(q) [4 , 5)
(b) If x , 0 , then the output set of
2
(c) If x , , then the output set of (s) [3 , 4)
2 2
f (x) = tan6x + 4 tan3x + 5 contain the interval(s)
(d) If x , , then output set of (t) [1 , 4)
2
11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (c)
16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (d) 25. (d)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (a)
ics
at
em
1. (b) 2. (c)
at h a 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c)
Ex
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
6. (a) 7. ( 6 ) 8. ( 0 ) 9. ( 9 ) 10. ( 6 )
11. (a) r
IIT -
c t
12. (a) s
.K
je Er .L
(b) p (b) q , r , s
(c) t
(d) q
O b
(c) p , q , r , s , t
(d) q
t
4 12
a
(a) 0 , (b) ,
2 2 8. If 4sin 2 x 8sin x 3 0 and x [0 , 2 ] , then the
h
3 3
t
(c) , (d) , 2
2 5 11
a
2
a
(a) 0 , (b) ,
6 6 6
M
rm
e
JE iv .S
a
3. The equation tan 4 x 2sec2 x a 2 0 will have at
E h
2
(c) ,
5
(d) ,
t
least one solution , if :
- K
3 3 6 6
(a) | a | 2
IIT c
je Er .
(b) | a | 4
.L
b
(c) | a | 3 (d) | a | 1 7
9. Let x , and y R , then number of
O
2 2
4. The number of solutions of the equation ordered pairs (x , y) which satisfy the inequation
max sec x , cosec x 3 in int erval [0, 2 ] are
2 1
given by : 2sec x
y2 y4 1 are given by :
2
(a) 4 (b) 8 (a) 4 (b) 8
(c) 6 (d) 10 (c) 12 (d) 16
(c) 2 (d) 3 8 4
(a) (b)
5 3
13. The number of ordered pairs (p , q) , where
2 12
p , q ( , ) , sat isfying the conditions (c) (d)
3 17
cos( p q) lim(1 sin ) cot and cos( p q ) 1
1
19. If 'S' represents the exhaustive set of values of x
is/are :
in ( , ] which satisfy the inequality
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 4
2 sin2 x + | sin x | – 1 0 , then set 'S' contains :
14. Let ' ' be the smallest positive number for which the
equation cos( sin x) sin( cos x) 0 is having a (a) ,
12 4
s
c
solution for x [0 , 2 ] , then tan is :
i
(b) ,
t
2 2
6 8
(a) 1 (b) 2 1
m a 5 7
e
(c) ,
(c) 3 1 (d) 2 3 6 8
M m 6
r
sec 2 x 1 x 0 lies in :
E e
JE iv .S h a
t
-
(a) 0 , 20. If the inequality x sin x | p | x 2 is satisfied for all
c K
(b) ,
IIT .
je Er
2 2
L
.
b
3 3 x 0 , , then the possible value(s) of 'p' can
O
(c) , (d) , 2 2
2 2
be :
4 7
(a) (b) tan
2 8
4 2 4
(c) (d)
16. Let 0 , , then the solutions of the equation 2
2
6
cosec ( p 1) 4 . cosec p 4 4
p 1
2
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 208 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
21. Statement 1 : The equation 2 cos 2 x 3 sin x 1 0 24. Statement 1 : If [.] denotes the greatest integer
is having four solutions in [3 , ] function , then the equation 2 [sin x] [cos x] 0 is
because
having infinitely many solutions is ,
2
3
Statement 2 : sin x x n (1) n 3 . , because
2 3
Statement 2 : The values of both sin x and cos x lies
where n I .
in between –1 and 0 for all x , .
22. Statement 1 : If x (0 , 2 ) , then the equation 2
tan x sec x 2cos x is having 3 distinct solutions
because
25. Statement 1 : If [.] denotes the greatest
Statement 2 : The graphs of y 1 sin x and integer function , then number of solutions of the
system of equat ions 2 y cos x [cos x ] and
y 2 cos2 x intersect each other at three distinct
locations if x (0 , 2 ). y [ y [ y]] 6sin x , where x [2 , 2 ] , are
two
s
23. Statement 1 : If sin 4 x cos6 3 x 1 , then no solution because
tic Statement 2 : The graphs of y = 2 cos x and y [sin x]
a
exists for the equation in , intersect each other at two location for
2 2
em x 2 , 2 .
h
because
at a
Statement 2 : cos x + sec x = 2 sin4 x + sin6 x = 0.
E e M h ar m
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
ics
t
(c) 0 (d) 4 3
a
(c) (d)
4 2
m
2. Number of ordered pairs (x , y) which satisfy the
h e
given system of equations and hold the conditions
y – x = 0 , is/are :
t
(a) 4
(c) 2
(b) 1
(d) 0
M a rm a
E e
JE iv .S h a
- t
3. Number of ordered pairs (x , y) which satisfy the given
IIT c .K k
je Er
system of equat ions and hold the condit ion
L
7. Let be the smallest angle in [0 , 2 ] for which the
. 32
b
yx , is/are :
O
4 equation 16sin10 x 16cos10 x 29cos4 2 x is sati-
sfied , then value of 'k' is equal to ..........
(a) 2 (b) 1
(c) 0 (d) 4
parameter for which the equation sin 4 x cos4 x 9. Total number of solution(s) of the equation
is having real solution , then answer the following
questions. | 4sin x | x 2 2 x 1 is /are ..........
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 210 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
11. Match the equations in column (I) with their number of solutions in column (II).
5
(a) 3x 2 tan x , x [0 , 2 ] (p) 4
2
(c) cos 2 x | sin x | , x , (s) 6
2
ics
12. Match columns (I) and (II).
at
Column (I)
em Column (II)
at h
(a) If the equation 2 cot2x – 5 cosec x – 1 = 0 is having
a
(p) 8
M m
at least seven distinct solutions in [0 , n ] , then
natural number 'n' can be
E e ar
JE iv .S h
- t
(b) Number of solution(s) of the equation (q) 0
IIT c .K
je Er .L
tan x cot x tan x cot x
x for
b
2 2
3
x 0 ,
is/are
2
O (r) 2
11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (b)
21. (c) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (b)
ics
at
em
at h a
M rm
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (b)
Ex
E e
JE iv .S h a
t
6. (c) 7. ( 4 ) 8. ( 2 ) 9. ( 7 ) 10. ( 4 )
- K
11. (a) q IIT c
je Er .L.
12. (a) p , s
b
(b) s (b) r
O
(c) q (c) t
(d) r (d) r
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 212 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
6. If the angles of a triangle are in the ratio 4 : 1 : 1 , then
the ratio of the longest side to the perimeter is :
1. In ABC , if angles A , B, C are in geometric seq-
(a) 3 : (2 3)
1 1 1
uence with common ratio 2 , then is : (b) 1: 3
b c a
(c) 1: (2 3)
1 1
(a) (b) (c) 0 (d) 2 (d) 2 : 3
3 2
2. Let ABC and ABC' be two non-congruent triangles 7. In a triangle ABC , let C / 2. If r is the in-radius
s
and R is the circum-radius of the triangle then
ic
with sides AB = 4 , AC = AC' = 2 2 and angle B = 30º.
t
2(r + R) is equal to :
The absolute value of the difference between the area
a
of these triangles is : (a) a + b (b) b + c
(a) 8 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 2
em (c) c + a (d) a + b + c
at h
3. In an isosceles triangle if one angle is 120º and
a
radius of its incircle is 3 , then area of the triangle in
8. In a triangle ABC , B / 3 and C / 4 . Let D
M m
sin BAD
square units is :
b
4. If a , b and c denote the length of the sides opposite
(c) 1/ 3 (d) 2/3
O
to angles A , B and C of a triangle ABC , then the
correct relation is given by :
BC
(a) (b c) sin
A 9. If B , C
and a 2 3 2 units , then
a cos 4 3
2 2 area (in sq. units) of traingle ABC is :
A BC
(b) (b c) cos a sin
(a) 6 2 3 (b) 4
2 2 (c) (d) 2 3 4
3 1
A B C
(c) (b c ) cos 2a sin 10. Let r , R be respectively the radii of the inscribed and
2
2
circumscribed circles of a regular polygon of n sides
BC A R
(d) (b c )sin a cos 5 1 , then n is equal to :
2 2 such that
r
5. Three circular coins each of radii 1 cm are kept in an (a) 5 (b) 6
equilateral triangle so that all the three coins touch (c) 10 (d) 8
each other and also the sides of the triangle. Area of
the triangle is r1 r2 r3
11. In a triangle ABC , is equal to :
1 bc ca ab
(a) (4 2 3) cm 2 (b) (12 7 3) cm2
4 1 1
(a) (b) 2R – r
2R r
1
(c) (48 7 3) cm 2 (d) (6 4 3) cm 2 1 1
4 (c) r 2 R (d)
r 2R
s
If b > c , C 23o and AD then B is
c
b c2
2
equal to
m
to AD intersects the side AC at E and the side AB
M a rm a
(a) AE is H.M. of b and c
2bc A
e a
(b) AD cos
E
JE iv .S h
bc 2
IIT -
c t .K 4bc A
je Er
(a) 113º (b) 123º
L
(c) EF sin
(c) 147º
.
(d) 157º bc 2
2 3 2 A r3 r2
(c) cm (d) 3 cm (c) r cot 2 Rr (sin A) (d) r1r
3 2 cb
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 214 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
25. For triangle ABC , which of the following statements 27. In triangle ABC , let the side lengths be a = 6 , b = 8
are true ? and c = 10.
(a) Product of all the side lengths of ABC 2(r s R) . Statement 1 : Distance between the circum-centre and
in-centre of ABC is equal to 5 units
1 1 1 1
(b)
r r1 r2 r3 because
Statement 2 : For any triangle , distance between the
(c) If 2 R r1 r , then ABC is right-angled.
(d) If R 2r , then ABC is equilateral. R 2 2rR ,
circum-centre and in-centre is equal to
where R , r represents the circum-radius and
in-radius of the triangle.
s
(a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
ic
Statement 2 is the correct explanation of Statement 1.
t
29. Consider a triangle ABC , having side lengths
a
(b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true a , b , c and circum-radius (R). If r1 , r2 , r3 denote
m
but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of the ex-radii of triangle ABC , then
e
Statement 1.
t h
ab ac bc
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false. Statement 1 : 6 R
M a rm a
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
because
r3 r2 r1
E e
JE iv .S h a
26. Let A1 be the area of n-sided regular polygon a b b c c a
- t
inscribed in a circle 'C' of unit radius and A2 be the Statement 2 : 6
IIT c .K
area of n-sided regular polygon circumscribing the b a c b a c
je Er .L
circle 'C' .
A
O b
Statement 1 : If 2 4(2 3) , then the number of
A1
3030. Statement 1 : In triangle ABC , if the sides b , c and
the angle ABC is known , then a unique triangle can
b
sides ' n' of the regular polygon are 12 only be formed if sin B and B is acute
c
because because
A2 b
Statement 2 : 4 tan . Statement 2 : If sin B and B is obtuse , then
A1 n c
ABC doesn't exist.
a b c
(d) tan 3 tan 1 ( 1) = 1
1. Value of is equal to :
R1 R2 R3 Comprehension passage (3)
abc abc ( Questions No. 7-9 )
(a) (b)
R3
s
R
2
a 2 b2 c 2
tic Let triangle ABC of area square units be inscribed
a
abc
(c) (d)
R2
in a circle of radius 4 units , where 0 , 12 3 .
m
R
e
If p1 , p2 and p3 denote the length of altitudes of
h
triangle ABC from the vertices A , B and C
t
2. Value of ( cosB + cosC ) is : respectively , then answer the following questions.
(a) 1 (b) 3/2
M a rm a
e a
(c) 1/2 (d) 1/3 cos A cos B cos C
E
JE iv .S h
7. The value of 4
p1
p2
p3
, is equal to :
IIT -
c t K
3. For given ABC the in-radius is given by :
.
je Er
(a) 2 (b) 1
(a) R cos B
.L
(b) R cos A
b
(c) 3 (d) 4
(c) R cos C (d) none of these
O
Comprehension passage (2)
( Questions No. 4-6 )
8. If sides a , b , c are in A.P. , then maximum value of
1 1 1
is equal to :
In triangle ABC , let the altitude , internal angular p1 p2 p3
bisector and the median from vertex A meet the 18 24
(a) (b)
opposite side BC at D , E and F respectively.
If BAD , and DAE EAF CAF ,
6 12
then answer the following questions. (c) (d)
4. If { p } denotes the fractional part of p , where 9. Minimum value of the expression
p = [ p ] + { p } , then :
2 2 2
a p3 b p1 c p2
(a) {tan B} 0 (b) {sin A} = 1/2 is equal to :
b c a
1
(c) {cos B} (d) {tan B} {tan C} (a) 4 (b) 6
2
(c) 8 (d) 2
1
5. Value of tan cos 1 (cos(2C )) is equal to :
2
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 216 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
11. If sides of a triangle are three consecutive natural 14. If 0 is the area of formed by joining the points of
numbers and its largest angle is twice the smallest
contact of incircle with the sides of the given triangle
one , then the largest side of triangle is ..........
whose area is , similarly 1 , 2 and 3 are the
12. Let a , b and c represent the sides of triangle ABC
opposite to the vertices A , B and C respectively. corresponding area of the formed by joining the
points of contact of excircles with the sides , then
If a 4 b 4 c 4 b2 c 2 2a 2 (b 2 c 2 ) 0 , then
1 2 3 0
value of sec2 (A) is equal to .......... value of is equal to ..........
13. Let three circles touch one-another externally and the
tangents at their points of contact meet at a point whose
distance from any point of contact is 2 units. If ratio of
the product of radii to the sum of radii of cricles is
k :1 , then k is equal to .........
15. In triangle ABC , let the orthocentre (H) and circum-centre (C0) be (3 , 3) and (4 , 3) respectively. If side BC of the
triangle lies on line y – 2 = 0 and internal angles are A , B , C , then match the following
columns (I) and (II).
ics
Column (I)
at Column (II)
m
(a) ( AC0 ) cos (p) sec
(b)
(c)
HB
HA
t h e (q)
(r)
2
4
(d) HC
M a rm a (s)
(t)
sec
1
E e
JE iv .S h a
t
16. In triangle ABC , let CH and CM be the lengths of the altitude and median to base AB. If side lengths
- K
IIT c
je Er L.
a 5 , b 97 and c = 12 , then match the following columns I and II.
.
Column (I)
O b
(a) Value of cos (tan 1 ( MH )) is
Column (II)
(p) 2
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (a)
16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (c)
26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (d)
ics
at
em
E
at h a
1. (b) 2. (a)
JE iv .S
Ex
- t
6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. ( 9 )
IIT c .K
11. ( 6 )
je Er
12. ( 4 )
b .L 13. ( 4 ) 14. ( 2 )
15. (a) t
(b) p
(c) q
O
16. (a) t
(b) q
(c) p , q , s
(d) s (d) p , q , t
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
[ 218 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
6. If 4sin–1 (x) + cos–1 (x) = , then x is equal to :
1 1
(a) (b)
2 3
1. If 1 < x < 2 , then number of solutions of equation
1 1
1 1 1 1 (c) (d)
tan ( x 1) tan ( x) tan ( x 1) tan (3x) is : 4 5
(a) 0 (b) 1
7. Sum of infinite series :
(c) 2 (d) 3
cot 1 (2) cot 1 (8) cot 1 (18) cot 1 (32) ........
s
is equal to :
1 1 3sin 2
c
1
i
2. If sin tan x, then x is equal
t
2 5 4 cos 2 (a) (b)
a
2 6
to :
(a) tan 3 (b) 3tan
em (c)
(d)
h
4 8
t
1
a
tan
a
(c) (d) 3 cot
3 8. Which one of t he following is equivalent to
JE iv .S
1 1 1
t
3. If tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 ........n terms
- K
c
4 4
3 7
IIT
13
.
(a) cos 1 (b) tan 1
je Er .L 5 2 3
b
is equal to tan 1 ( ) , then is equal to :
O
3 4
n n 1 (c) sin 1 (d) tan 1
(a) (b) 2 5 2 3
n 1 n2
n n 1 9. The principal value of sin–1(sin 10) – cos–1(cos 5) is :
(c) (d)
n2 n2 (a) 5 (b) 25 +
4. A root of the quadratic equation (c) 5 (d) 2 10
1
17x2 + 17x tan 2tan1 10 0 is :
5 4 10. Complete solution set of sin 1 x cos 1 x is :
10 1 1
(a) (b) –1 (a) x ,1 (b) x ,1
17 2 2
7
(c) (d) 1 1 1 1
17 (c) x 1, (d) x ,
2 2 2
1
1 1
5. The value of sin 2 tan cos tan 2 2
3
11. If 3sin 1 x sin 1 (3x 4 x3 ) , then
is :
1 1
14 14 (a) x 1, (b) x ,1
(a) (b) 2 2
13 15
15 1
(c) (d) (c) | x | 1 (d) none of these
7 2
[ 219 ] Mathematics for JEE-2013
e-mail: mailtolks@gmail.com
www.mathematicsgyan.weebly.com Author - Er. L.K.Sharma
Inverse Trigonometric Functions
12. If cot 1 x cot 1 y cot 1 z , then (x + y + z) is : 19. The value of sin 1 (sin12) cos 1 (cos12) is equal to :
2
1 1 1 (a) 0 (b) 24 2
(a) (b) x y z
x y z (c) 4 24 (d) none of these
xyz
(c) xy + yz + zx (d)
x y z x2 x3 x 4 x6
20. If sin 1 x ... cos1 x 2
... ,
2
2 4 2 4
2 6 1 for 0 | x | 2 , then x equals to :
13. The value of cos 1 1
cos is :
3 2 3 (a) 1/2 (b) 1
(b) –1/2 (d) –1
(a) (b)
3 4
(c) (d) 21. If x , , then value of the expression
2 6 2
sin 1 cos(cos 1 (cos x ) sin 1 (sin x )) is equal to :
14. If x , , then value of the summation
s
2 2
c
(a) (b)
i
2
tan x
tan 1
4
1 3sin 2 x
tan is :
5 3cos 2 x
at (c) (d)
m
2
(a)
x
(b) 2x
a
2
a
M
(c) 3x (d) x
rm 1 1
e a
(a) 1 , , 1
E
JE iv .S h 2 2
t
2
1 1 x
-
1 x
T c K
; x sin , where
.
–1
15. If x1 = 2 tan
II
2 1 x2 1 1
je Er
1 x
.L
(b) , {0}
b
2 2
x (0 , 1) , then (x1 + x2) is equal to :
O
(c) (1 , 1) {0}
(a) 0 (b) 2 (d) none of these
(c) (d) –
1 63
1
1
16. cos cos(2 cot ( 2 1)) is equal to : 23. The value of sin sin 1
4
is :
8
3
(a) 2 1 (b) (c) (d) 1 1
4 4 8 (a) (b)
3 10
x
(c) , 0 (d) none of these (c) (d) x
4 4 2 2
s
(a) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true and
i
27. Let the equation sin 1 ( x ) | x | 0 is having at
a
least one real solution , then possible values of (b) Both Statement 1 and Statement 2 are true
m
' ' can be : but Statement 2 is not the correct explanation of
e
(a) tan–1 (tan 3) (b) cos–1 (cos 2) Statement 1.
(c) sin–1 (sin 4)
t h
(d) cosec–1 (cosec 7)
a a
(c) Statement 1 is true but Statement 2 is false.
(d) Statement 1 is false but Statement 2 is true.
1
E
1
e
2
M h arm n 2
JE iv .S
28. Let the system of equations cos x (sin y )
4
- t
31. Statement 1 : Sum of the infinite series :
IIT c .K
je Er
and (sin 1 y ) 2 cos 1 x
.L be consistent , where 9 33 129
b
16 S cot 1 (3) cot 1 cot 1 cot 1 ........
2 4 8
O
n R , then :
(a) Least positive integral value of n is 2. is equal to
4
(b) Greatest positive integral value of k , where
k = 4n , is 7. because
(c) Possible number of integral values of 2n are 3. n
2r 1
(d) Least positive integral value of n is 1. Statement 2 : If S n tan 1 2 r 1
, then
r 1 1 2
Statement 1 : p + q = 0
30. Let P( x , y ) satisfy the equation
because
cos1 (axy ) cos1 ( y ) cos 1 (bx) 0.
If a = 0 and b = 1 then P lies on curve C1. For curve
C1 which of the following statements are correct : Statement 2 : p ( 2 1) and q ( 2 1).
ics
at
em
at h a
E e M h arm
JE iv .S
IIT -
c t .K
b je Er .L
O
s
respectively of y = [ f (x)] , then ( ) is equal to :
(a) 7 (b) 4
tic
(c) 3 (d) 2
m a
t h e
2. If the equation f (x) – g(x) = 0 is having at least one
1
a
real solution then complete set of values of k is : tan 1 2 , then the least integer just
a
7. Let
2r
M m
r 1
(a) ,
2
(b) ,
E e
2 2
ar
JE iv .S h
greater than the value of cot is equal to ..........
- t
3
T c .K
II
je Er
(c) ,
L
(d) ( , )
2
.
b
p 3
8. Let the equation (sin 1 x)3 (cos 1 x )3
O
is
3. Number of values of x satisfying the equation 8
(tan 1 x) 2 f 2 ( x) 2 f ( x) (tan 1 x) is/are : having real solution of x , where p I , then total
number of possible values of p are ..........
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 3 (d) 4
1
Comprehension passage (2) 9. If cos 1 (cos x) log12 | x | , t hen number of
( Questions No. 4-6 )
solutions of ' x ' is/are .........
Let P and Q be the positive integral ordered
1 1
pairs of ( x , y ) , where x < y , which satisfy the 10. Let u tan 2 tan 1
2 1 cos 1
2 4
and
y 3
equation tan 1 ( x) cos 1 sin 1 . 1 1
1 y2 10 v tan 3 tan 1 (2 3) cos 1 , then value of
2 4
On x y plane if OP < OQ , where 'O' is origin , then
(u + v) is equal to ..........
answer the following questions.
4. Let points 'R' and 'S' be the reflection of 'P' and 'Q'
respectively about the line mirror y – x = 0 , then area
(in square units) of the quadrilateral PRSQ is
equal to :
(a) 8 (b) 10
(c) 18 (d) 4
ics
t
12. Match the following columns (I) and (II)
Column (I)
m a Column (II)
t h e 1 x2
M a rm a
(a) If x ( , 0) , then value of 2 tan 1 x cos1
1 x
2 is :
(p) 0
3
E e
JE iv .S h a
t
(b) If x , 1 , then value of 2 sin 1 x sin 1 (2 x 1 x 2 ) is :
-
(q)
T c K
2
II .
b je Er .L 1
(c) If x ( , e) , then value of tan 1 cot 1 ( x) is : (r)
O
x
3x x 3
(d) If x (1 , ) , then value of 3tan 1 x tan 1 2
is : (s) 2
1 3x
(t) 2
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (d) 15. (c)
16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (b)
21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (b)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (a)
ics
at
em
1. (c) 2. (a)
at h a
3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (c)
Ex
6. (a) 7. ( 4 )
E e M h arm
8. ( 7 ) 9. ( 8 ) 10. ( 8 )
JE iv .S
11. (a) p , r , t
IIT -
c t
12. (a) p
.K
je Er .L
(b) r , s , t (b) q
b
(c) p (c) r
O
(d) r , s , t (d) q